1
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
NAVI MUMBAI MUNICIPAL CORPORATION
C.B.D. BELAPUR, NAVI MUMBAI – 400 614.
TENDER CITY ENGINEER DEPARTMENT
NMMC/CE/ 31 /2017-18 Tender Notice for the work of
Providing & Fixing PNG Gas crematorium System at Sarsole Smashanbhumi at
Nerul Ward Sr.
No.
NMMC Stage Vendor Stage Start Date & Time Expiry Date &
Time
1. Release of Tender
-- 29/04/2017
10.00 Hrs.
2. -- Tender
Download
29/04/2017
10.00 Hrs.
12/05/2017
13.00 Hrs.
3. -- Bid Preparation
29/04/2017
10.00 Hrs.
12/05/2017
15.00 Hrs.
4. Superhash
Generation & Bid
Lock
-- 12/05/2017
15.01 Hrs.
12/05/2017
17.00 Hrs.
5. -- Control Transfer
of Bid
12/05/2017
17.01 Hrs.
23/05/2017
15.00 Hrs.
6. Envelope 1
Opening
-- 23/05/2017
(If Possible)
7. Envelope 2
Opening
-- 23/05/2017
(If Possible)
Navi Mumbai Municipal Corporation
Plot No. 1 & 2, Sector 15A, CBD Belapur, Navi Mumbai.
Issued to……………………………….
2
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
SCHEDULE ‘A’
Note : All the Contractors may note that Enrollment with NMMC is
compulsory.
NMMC invites Tenders in B-2 form through E-Tendering system from Contractors Registered
in appropriate class, by Public Works Department or CIDCO Ltd/ Maharashtra Jeevan
Pradhikaran/Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation/BruhnMumbai Municipal
Corporation/Central Public Works Department. from class IV and above category with adequate
experience of Similar Works Blank Tender forms will be available from 29/04/2017 till up to
23/05/2017 15:00 hrs. on E-Tendering website www.nmmc.maharashatra.etenders.in. To
download the blank tenders, the bidders shall pay tender cost paid through online payment gateway
by using Credit Card/Debit card of any bank or by Net banking in favour of NMMC. The Tender
should be submitted through E-Tendering system only on the web site
www.nmmc.maharashatra.etenders.in. Before 23/05/2017 upto 3.00 hrs.
1. Name of Work Providing & Fixing PNG Gas crematorium System at Sarsole Smashanbhumi at Nerul Ward.
2. Estimated cost of Work Rs. 1,33,34,425/-
3. Engineers for this Work Executive Engineer (Nerul)
Concerned Deputy Engineer
4. Period of sale of Tender
documents. From to 29 /04/2017 to 12 /05/2017 downloaded from
official web site (www.nmmc.maharashtra.etenders.in),
(www.nmmconline.com) of the Corporation.
5. Cost of each tender form Rs. 5000/- through online payment gateway by Debit/Credit
Card of any Bank or by Net Banking in favour of Navi Mumbai
Municipal Corporation.
6. Earnest Money Rs. 100008/- through online payment gateway by Debit/Credit
Card of any Bank or by Net Banking in favour of Navi Mumbai
Municipal Corporation
7. Re-Tender Conference will be held on - NIL
at C.B.D. ,Navi Mumbai in the Conference Hall 1st floor.
8. Last date of receipt of tender Upto 23/05/2017 15.00 hours
9. Probable date and time of opening - Date 23/05/2017 at 16.00 hour of tender. (if possible)
10. Eligibility
Registration Class III with PWD or is equivalent Class with CIDCO and
Upto ( Rs. 3 Crore)
3
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Turn over Average Annual financial turnover during the last 3 years, ending
31st March of the previous financial year, should be at least 50%
of the estimated cost. Every year it should be equal to the estimated
cost. The net work should be positive.
Experience Experience of having successfully completed similar works during last
7 years ending last day of month previous to the one in which
applications are invited should be either of the following.
a) Three similar completed works costing not less than the
amount equal to 40% of the estimated cost
or
b) Two similar completed works costing not less than the
amount equal to 50% of the estimated cost
or
c) One similar completed works costing not less than the
amount equal to 100% of the estimated cost
Qualified Personnel Two Civil Engineers having minimum experience of three
Years.
Equipment Required As Directed by Engineer - in - Charge
Certification The Company having ISO 9001, (Version 2000) certificate,
will be preferred. Joint Venture is not allowed.
No Relationship with Corporators See Clause 12 of Detailed Tender Notice
11. Validity Period – The offer of the Contractor shall remain valid for 120 days from the date of
opening of Tender.
12. Initial Security Deposit Rs. 3% of estimated Cost
AND
Further Security Deposit, Rs. 2 % of estimated cost to be deducted from bills.
13. Completion Period 6 Months (Excluding monsoon)) (upto 30th
September 2012)
1. Contract as a whole Period of completion 6 Months ((Excluding monsoon))
toh September 2012)
** 2. Part or Groups of items
(i) As a Whole work (i) 6 Months ((Excluding monsoon))Upto 30th
Septem012)
4
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
(ii) As per approved bar chart
14. Percentage to be charges as supervision
Charges for the Work got executed through
Other means. 24.50 Percent.
15. Defects Liability Period 3 Years
16. Others:- Price Variation Clause:- No Price Variation Clause applicable to the
Contracts
Having Contract period upto 12 months
17. The agency will have to furnish an additional 1% Security deposit if the rate quoted by it is
upto 10% below. For tenders quoted more than 10% below the cost put to tender, the agency
will have to furnish an additional security deposit of 1% + 1% for each percent quoted below
10% eg: in case the agency quotes 14% below the cost put to tender the agency will have to
furnish additional security of 1%+4% = i.e. 5% in the form of Demand Draft of any Govt.
Bank or Schedule Bank having MICR/IFSC code in the name of concerned authority. The
validity of Demand Draft should be months from the date of issue (For details Please refer the
GR No. शासन �नण�य . बीडीजी/2016/�..-2 झामा-2 �दनांक12/02/2016)
18. As per the construction labour welfare Cess Act 1996, a cess of 1% of contract value towards
the welfare of construction labour will be deducted from the bills.
19. Tenderer/Bidder should submit Affidavit and Undertaking in Requisite Format on Rs.
100/- Stamp Paper and all Scheduled in prescribed format.
5
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
DETAILED TENDER NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR
1.0 Sealed bids are invited by and on behalf of Commissioner, Navi Mumbai Municipal
Corporation from Eligible bidders for the proposed Work specified in Schedule ‘A’.
2.0 ISSUE OF TENDER
2.1. Tender book will be made available at E-tendering cell, Navi Mumbai Municipal
Corporation,CBD from date of publication of Tender Notice on News paper to the
Contractors for work of Tender Amount upto Rs.03 lacs & above amount tender book may
buy from E- tendering website (www.nmmc.maharashtra.etenders.in) &
www.nmmconline.com
2.2 For work of tender amount above Rs. 03 lacs above, tender book will be issued online
though E-tendering Website (www.nmmc.maharashtra.etenders.in)&
www.nmmconline.com to Contractor.
2.3 Price of Blank Tender form cost must be paid by online and Receipt of the same
should be given to NMMC with hard copy.
.
2.4 The Tender Document is not transferable. Only the Tenderer who has purchased the
tender form shall be entitled to bid in the Tender.
3.0 LANGUAGE OF TENDER / CONTRACT
The language of the Contract shall be English/Marathi and all correspondence, drawings etc.
shall confirm to the English/Marathi language.
4 .0 PREBID CONFERENCE
A Prebid Conference of all the intending Tenderers will also be held at the scheduled date
and time indicated in Schedule ‘A’ of the tender. Intending Tenderers will be allowed to seek
clarification and suggest suitable modifications in specifications, conditions of the Contract
etc. The Corporation will communicate such changes that are accepted by it, to all the
intending Tenderers who have purchased the Tender document from the Corporation. Only
such changes that are so communicated shall be binding on the Corporation and all the
Tenderers.
5 .0 VALIDITY OF BIDS
The bids will be valid for the period indicated in Schedule ‘A’
6.0 EARNEST MONEY
6.1 The Tenderer shall deposit the amounts indicated in the Tender Notice as Earnest Money
Deposit (EMD). The Earnest Money shall be deposited by online only demand draft / pay
order will not be accepted. The failure or omission to deposit the Earnest Money shall
disqualify the Tender and the Corporation shall exclude from its consideration such
6
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
disqualified Tender(s). No interest shall be payable by the Corporation in respect of such
deposited Earnest Money.
Alternatively The Tenderer can also deposit a Fix EMD at NMMC office which will
be credited to his account.
The tenderer should refer user’s guide while depositing EMD though the e-tendering
website (www.nmmc.maharashtra.etenders.in) & www.nmmconline.com
7.0 FORFEITURE OF EMD
7.1 The Tenderer shall not revoke his Tender or vary its terms and conditions without the
consent of the Corporation during the validity period of Tender. If the Tenderer revokes the
Tender or vary its terms or condition contrary to his promise to abide by this condition, the
Earnest Money deposited by him shall stand forfeited to the Corporation without prejudice to
its other rights and remedies and the Tenderer shall be disentitled to submit a tender to the
Corporation for execution of any Work during the next 24 months effective from the date of
such revocation.
7.2 If Successful Tenderer does not pay the Security Deposit in the prescribed time limit or fails
to sign the agreement bond, his Earnest Money Deposit will be forefited by the Corporation.
8.0 REFUND OF EARNEST MONEY
The Earnest Money of an unsuccessful Tenderers shall be refunded after the successful
Contractor furnishes required Initial Security Deposit to the Corporation and sign the
agreement or within 30 days of the expiry of validity period, whichever is earlier.
9.0 COST OF TENDER
The Tenderer shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of its
Tender. The Corporation shall in no case be responsible or liable for these costs, regardless
of the Conduct or the out come of the Tendering process.
10.0 ELLIGIBLE TENDERERS
Only those Contractors fulfill the Eligibility criteria as mentioned in the Schedule ‘A’ of the
tender notice are eligible to submit their tender for this Work.
11.0 SPARE CAPACITY OF WORK FOR TENDERING
The Tenderers shall be eligible to submit the tender to the Corporation subject to the
essential condition that the price tendered by him together with the value of the outstanding
Works under execution by him for the Corporation or any other employer shall not be more
than four times the value of the average annual turnover of Works executed during the
preceding three financial years ending 31st March.
7
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
12.0 RELATION SHIP WITH CORPORATOR(S)
Tenderer shall not be associated presently or in the past with any of the office bearer or
Corporator of the Navi Mumbai Municipal Corporation either directly or indirectly as
specified in the section 10(f), (g) of Maharashtra Mahanagar Palika Adhiniyam 1949. The
Tenderer shall furnish an Affidavit on a Non-Judicial stamp paper of Rs.100/- If any
information so furnished shall be found to be untrue or false, the tender shall be liable to be
disqualified and the Earnest Money accompanying such tender shall stand forfeited to the
Corporation. If the information so furnished shall be found to be untrue or false during the
currency of the contract the Tenderer shall be held to be in-default and the contract if any
awarded to him shall be liable to be terminated with its consequences.
13.0 TIME OF COMPLETION
The period of completion of Works is enumerated under Schedule ‘A’. The time of
completion shall commence from the date of placing the Work Order or date of handing
over the site whichever is earlier. The completion period is for all items of Work in all parts
of Tender Documents.
14.0 SCHEDULE OF RATES AND QUANTITIES
14.1 The Tender has been drafted on the basis of pre-priced schedule of rates and quantities for
different types of items.
14.2 All the tender items are priced as mentioned in Schedule B of Tender.
14.3 The Contractors are expected to work out their own rates based on the detailed technical
specifications, drawings & conditions and finally arrive at the cost of the Work in the
appropriate places. The contractor shall insert percentage cost over or below the
Corporations cost to arrive at the contract value for the work in Schedule B. In case of item
rate, rate should be mentioned infront of item in Schedule B.
14.4 In case of Lump Sum Contract, Tenderer should insert his Lump Sum cost as contract value
for the Work.
15.0 INSPECTION OF SITE AND SUFFICIENCY OF TENDER
15.1 The Contractor shall inspect and examine the site and its surrounding and shall satisfy
himself before submitting his Tender as to the nature of the ground and subsoil (so far as is
practicable), the form and nature of the site, the quantities and nature of the Work and
materials necessary for the completion of the Works and means of access to the site, the
accommodation he may require and in general, shall himself obtain all necessary
information as to risk, contingencies and other circumstances which may influence or affect
his Tender.
15.2 The Contractor shall be deemed to have satisfied himself before tendering as to the
correctness and sufficiency of his Tender for the Works and of the rates and prices quoted in
8
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
the schedule of Works/items/ quantities or in bill of quantities, which rates and prices shall,
except as otherwise provided, cover all his obligations under the contract and all matters and
things necessary for proper completion and maintenance of the Works.
15.3 No extra charges consequent on any misunderstanding or otherwise shall be allowed.
16.0 MANNER OF SUBMISSION OF TENDER
16.1 The Complete Tenders (Estimated amount below Rs. 03 lacs) in the manner specified in the
following paragraph will be received in any of the following offices / manner :
a) Inward-Outward Section,Ground Floor,Navi Mumbai Municipal Corporation,CBD Head
Office.
b)By courier or by mail within specified time, as indicated above.
The tenders estimated cost above Rs. 03 lacs should be submitted online at website
(www.nmmc.maharashtra.etenders.in) & www.nmmconline.com
16.2 Telex, cable or facsimile offers will be rejected.
17.0 LAST DATE FOR SUBMISSION
17.1 Sealed Tender offers shall be received at the address specified above not later than the time
and date specified in the Schedule ‘A’ of the Tender .
17.2 In the event of the specified date for the submission of Tender offers being declared a
holiday, the offers will be received up to the appointed time on the next working day
17.3 The Corporation may, at its discretion, extend this deadline for submission of offers by
amending the Tender Documents, in which case all rights and obligations of the Corporation
and Tenderer will thereafter be subject to the deadline as extended.
17.4 Any Tender offer received by the Corporation after the deadline for submission of Tender
offer prescribed by the Corporation, pursuant to the clause above, will be rejected and / or
returned unopened to the Tenderer.
18.0 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF OFFERS
The vendor may modify or withdraw his offer after its submission, provided that written
notice of the modification or withdrawal is received by the Corporation prior to the closing
date and time prescribed for submission of offers. No offer can be modified by the vendor,
subsequent to the closing date and time for submission of offers.
19.0 CONTENTS
19.1 Online & Offline Tenders are invited in two envelope system. The completed Tender shall
be submitted in sealed envelope, superscribing the name of Work & C.A.No mentioned in
the Tender notice.
9
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
19.2 Full name and address of the Tenderer shall be written in the bottom left corner of each
envelope.
19.3 The envelope shall contain the following
Envelope No.1 (Technical Bid) : This should contain all the documents mentioned below. This Envelope may contain other
documents also such as Technical bids, drawings, etc as mentioned in the Tender notice.
a) List of all the documents enclosed in the envelope.
b) The tender price receipt (where it is downloaded from the official website.)
c) Undertaking in ‘Annexure 2’ duly signed by a person holding a valid Power of
Attorney.
d) Power of Attorney authorized the person to sign the Tender Document (see clause
20(e)).
e) The receipt of EMD (as per clause 6.0 above) or valid certificate of exemption issued
by the City Enginner of Navi Mumbai Municipal Corporation.
f) Attested copy of the valid registration certificate (as requested by the eligibility
condition at Annexure ‘A’)
g) Up-to-date valid clearance Certificates for income tax, Sales tax,VAT, Cess/LBT with
NMMC.
h) Details of firms in Annexure 3.
i) The Tenderer shall furnish a statement showing the type and magnitude of work done
with last 3 years as per Annexure 4.
j) List of works in hand as on the date of submission of this tender.(Annexture-5)
k) List of works in tenderer as on the date of submission of the this tender (Annexure 6).
l) List of machinery and plant immediately available with the Tendere for use on his
work and list of machinery proposed to be utilized on this work but not immediately
available and the manner in which it is proposed to be procured in (Annexure 7).
m) Details of Technical personnels available with the contractor in (Anneexure 8).
n) Affidavit on a non-juditial Stamp paper of Rs.100/-
Envelope No.-2
For tender amount below Rs. 03 lacs (Financial bid) - This envelope shall contain the
Complete set of Tender Documents along with corrigendum, addendum if any issued, duly
filled in and initial on each page and signed by the Tenderer(s) at prescribed places of the
Tender Documents, including signature of witnesses. (un-conditional).
For tender amount above Rs. 03 lacs : e-submission only.
Covering Envelope
Both the envelopes I & II shall be put together in common sealed envelope subscribing on it,
name of Work, C.A.NO., Name and address of the Tenderer.
10
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
20.0 IMPORTANT POINTS TO BE NOTED BY THE TENDERER
a) On receipt of blank Tender form the Tenderer should ensure that no corrections or over
writings or erasures are left to be attested by the competent authority of the Corporation.
b) The price-bid shall be inclusive of all taxes, Octroi, Local taxes, etc. to be paid by the
Tenderer for the Work and claim for extra payment on any such account shall not be
entertained.
Any change that will be made in the Tender paper by the competent authority after issue
of the Tender will be intimated to the Tenderer in the form of Corrigendum/Addendum
for incorporating the same in the Tender before submitting the Tender.
c) Price-bid should be written both in words and figures in the Schedule ‘B’, at appropriate
places.
d) No alterations and additions any where in the Tender Document are permitted. If any of
these are found, the Tender may be summarily rejected. The Tenderer should get his
doubts cleared during pre-Tender meeting only if provided in the Tender. In case if no
pre-bid meeting is to be held the Tenderer should seek clarification or any doubt in
writing 7 days before the last date for receipt of Tenders.
e) In case of firm, each partner or power of attorney holder shall sign the Tender and the
signatures shall be attested as witness by a reputed person in the space provided for the
purpose. The attested copies of power of attorney of person signing the Tender shall be
enclosed with the Tender. The power of attorney shall be signed by all partners.
In case of private limited/public limited companies, the power of attorney shall be
supported by Board resolutions and appropriate and adequate evidence in support of the
same shall be given.
f) All pages and pasted slips should be signed by the Tenderer.
g) No page shall be added or removed from the set of Tender Document.
h) Tenderer shall be deemed to have studied the schedule of Works / Items / Quantities /
Rates, all plans, specifications, terms and conditions, shall inspect and examine the site
and its surrounding and shall satisfy himself before submitting his Tender as to the nature
of the ground and subsoil (so far as is practicable), the form and nature of the site, nature
of the Work and materials necessary for the completion of the Works and means of access
to the site, the accommodation he may require and in general shall himself obtain all
necessary information as to risk, contingencies, obligations under the Contract and all
matter and things necessary for proper completion and maintenance of the Works. No
extra charges consequent on any misunderstanding. A declaration and an undertaking to
this effect should be singed by the Tenderer in the form attached at an Annexure - 2.
i) The Tenderer shall submit the Tender which satisfies each and every condition laid down
in this Tender notice, failing which the Tender will be liable to be rejected conditional
Tenders will be rejected.
21.0 CORRUPT OR FRAUDULENT PRACTICES
The Corporation requires that the bidders/suppliers/ Contractors under this Tender observe
the highest standards of ethics during the procurement and execution of such contracts. In
11
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
pursuance of this policy, the Corporation defines for the purposes of this provision, the terms
set forth as follows:
a) “corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving or soliciting of any thing of value
to influence the action of the public official in the procurement process or in contract
execution; and
b) “fraudulent practice” means a misrepresentation of facts in order to influence a
procurement process or a execution of a contract to the detriment of the Corporation, and includes
collusive practice among bidders (prior to or after bid submission) designed to establish bid prices at
artificial non-competitive levels and to deprive the Corporation of the benefits of the free and open
competition;
The Corporation will reject a proposal for award if it determines that the Bidder
recommended for award has engaged in corrupt or fraudulent practices in competing for the
contract in question; The Corporation will a firm ineligible, either indefinitely or for a stated
period of time, to be awarded a contract if it at any time determines that the firm has engaged
in corrupt and fraudulent practices in competing for, or in executing, a contract.
22.0 MANNER OF OPENING OF TENDER
For the work of Rs. 03 lakhs below, The Tender received within the schedule time and date
specified in the Tender Notice will be opened as per the specified program in the office as
mentioned in the Tender Notice (If Possible). The tenders will be opened in the presence of
Tenderers or their authorised representatives who choose to remain present
For the Work of Rs. 03 lakhs above, tender will be open online in the presence of Tender
Committee and e-tendering Administrator.
23.0 PROCESS TO BE CONFIDENTIAL
Information relating to the examination, clarification, evaluation and comparison of bids and
the award of a Contract shall not be disclosed to Bidders or any other person not officially
concerned with such process until the award to the successful Bidder has been announced.
24.0 PRELIMINARY SCRUTINY
The Corporation will scrutinize the offers to determine whether they are complete, whether
any errors have been made, whether required technical documentation have been furnished,
whether the documents have been properly signed, and whether the offers are generally in
order.
Prior to the detailed evaluation, the Corporation will determine the substantial responsiveness
of each offer to the Tender Documents. For purposes of these Clauses, a substantially
responsive bid is one that confirms to all the terms and conditions of the Tender Documents
without material deviations. The Corporation’s determination of an offer’s responsiveness is
to be based on the contents of the Tender offer itself without recourse to extrinsic evidence.
12
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
A Tender offer determined as not substantially responsive will be rejected by the Corporation
and may not subsequently be made responsive by the Bidder by correction of the non-
confirmity.
The Corporation may waive any minor infirmity or irregularity in a Tender offer, which does
not constitute a material deviation. This shall be binding on all Tenderers and the
Corporation reserves the right of such waivers.
25.0 CLARIFICATION OF OFFERS
To assist in the scrutiny, evaluation and comparison of offers, the Corporation may, at its
discretion, ask some or all vendors for technical clarification of their offer. The request for
such clarifications and the response shall be in writing. To speed up the Tender process, the
Corporation, at its discretion, may ask for any technical clarification to be submitted by
means of facsimile by the Tenderer. In such cases, original copy of the document describing
the technical clarifications must be sent to the Corporation by means of courier / in person.
26.0 REJECTION OF TENDERS
The Tenders are liable to be rejected if the Tenderer
� Does not submit price of Tender in the form of original cash receipt.
� Does not submit EMD.
� Does not submit Undertaking on Rs.100/- stamp paper. (Annexure-2)
� Does not disclose the full names and address of all his partners in case of a Partnership
Concern;
� Does not submit the information as called for in Annexure ( 3 to 8)
� Does not submit affidavit on Rs. 100/- Stamp Paper. (Annexure - 9)
� Fails to initial corrections;
� Fails to fill completely all the proformae provided in the Tender including proforma of
submission of Tender and percentage and amount columns in Schedule - `B';
� Tries to contact the Corporation on any matter relating to its bid, or tries to influence the
Corporation in its decision on bid evaluation, bid comparison or Contract award from the
time of the bid opening to the time of contract is awarded.
� Stipulates any condition in the Tender;
� Stipulates the validity period less than what is stated in the form of Tender;
� Does not quote rates inclusive of octroi duty and other terminal or Sales Tax or General
taxes, etc.
� Does not sign every page of Tender with seal of company / firm;
27.0 SHORT – LISTING OF VENDORS
13
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
The Corporation will short-list technically qualifying vendors and commercial offers of only
these vendors will be opened at the date and time to be intimated.
28.0 OPENING OF COMMERCIAL OFFERS
The Corporation shall notify the date of opening of the commercial bids to all the Tenderers.
On such notified date the Envelope No. 2 will be opened and the rates in Schedule ‘B’ or
percentage above / below the Estimate shall then be read out.
29.0 ACCEPTANCE OF TENDER
29.1 Acceptance of Tender on behalf of the Corporation shall be done by an officer(s) to whom
the powers are delegated by the Municipal Commissioner.
29.2 The Corporation is not bound to accept the lowest or any Tender. The Corporation reserves
the right to reject any or all Tenders received without assigning any reason whatsoever.
30.0 INTIMATION TO SUCESSFUL TENDERERS
The acceptance of Tender may be communicated to the successful Tenderer in writing or
otherwise either by the Tender opening Authority or any Authority in the Corporation.
31.0 SECURITY DEPOSIT
The Contractor shall pay a Security Deposit equal to five percent of the contract sum as
security for due fulfillment of the contract, unless otherwise stated in the Tender Documents
The mode of making this deposit is as under.
a) Initial or contract deposit.
A sum, which along with the Earnest Money already paid, amounts to three percent of
the contract sum shall be paid within 10 days after receipt of intimation in writing of
acceptance of Tender. It is optional to the Contractor to make the contract deposit in any
one of the following ways :
i) Wholly in cash or.
ii) Wholly in form of National Saving Certificate pledged in favour of the Corporation
or Bank Guarantees / Fixed deposit from Nationalized / Scheduled Banks in the
enclosed format.
iii) Partly in cash and partly in form of National Saving Certificate pledged in favour of
the Corporation or Bank Guarantees / Fixed Deposit from Nationalized / Scheduled
Banks in the enclosed format.
b) Retention Money :
The remaining amount of the Security Deposit i.e. 2% shall be recovered from the
Contractor’s running bills at the rate of five percent and such retention together with the
14
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
contract deposit made as aforesaid shall not exceed in the aggregate five percent of the
contract sum after which such retention will cease.
c) All compensation or other sums of money payable by the Contractor under the terms of
this contract or any other account whatsoever, may be deducted from or paid by the sale
of a sufficient part of this Security Deposit/retention money or from the interest arising
therefrom or from any sums which may be due or may become due to the Contractor by
the Corporation on any account whatsoever, and in the event of his Security
Deposit/retention money being reduced by reason of any such deduction or sale as
aforesaid, the Contractor shall within 15 days of receipt of notice of demand from the
City Engineer make good the deficit.
In the event of the said deposit having been made by the Contractor by delivery to the
Corporation by the Guarantee of the Bankers of the Contractor, and of the Contractor
under any of the provisions of this contract becoming subject to or liable for any penalty
for damages liquidated or unliquidated or of the said deposit becoming forfeited or any
breach or failure or determination of contract, then, and in such case the amount of any
such penalty or damages and the deposit so forfeited is not previously paid to the
Municipal Commissioner, shall immediately on demand be paid by the said Bankers to
Corporation and may be forfeited by the Municipal Commissioner under and in terms of
the said Guarantee.
32.0 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENT
The successful Tenderer after furnishing Initial Security Deposit, is required to execute an
Agreement in duplicate in the form attached with the Tender Documents on a stamp paper of
proper value. The proper value at present is Rs. 100/-for Rs.10 Lacs & Rs.100/-for evry next
1Lakh.The agreement should be signed within a month from the date of acceptance of the
Tender. The Contract will be governed by the Contract agreement, the General Conditions of
the Contract (G.C.C.), and the Special Conditions of the Contract and other documents as
specified in the G.C.C.
33.0 STAMP DUTY, LIGAL AND STATURY CHARGES
It shall be incumbent on the successful Bidder to pay stamp duty for the Contract agreement,
as applicable on the date of the execution.
34. LICENCES
The successful Tenderer should comply statutory instruction of contract labour & will be
required to produce to the satisfaction of the City Engineer a valid contract labour license
issued in his favour under the provision of the Contract Labour License (Regulation and
Abolition) 1970, before starting the Work. On failure to do so, the acceptance of the Tender
is liable to be withdrawn and also the Earnest Money is liable to be forfeited.
15
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
35.0 RIGHTS OF THE CORPORATION
The Corporation reserves the right to suitably increase/reduce the scope of Work put to this
Tender. The right to split up the Work in two or more parts is reserved by the Corporation
and also the right to award the Work to more than one agency is reserved.
36.0 INTERPRETATION OF THE CLAUSES IN THE TENDER DOCUMENT /
CONTRACT DOCUMENT
In case of any ambiguity in the interpretation of any of the clauses in Tender Document or the
Contract Document, interpretation of the clauses by the Corporation shall be final and
binding on all parties.
37.0 NOTICE TO FORM PART OF CONTRACT
Notice of Tender and these instructions shall form part of the contract.
16
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Annexure –1
FORM OF BANK GUARANTEE BOND In Consideration Of The Navi Mumbai Municipal Corporation (Hereinafter Called ‘The
NMMC’) Having Agreed To Exempt _____________________________________ (Hereinafter
Called “The Said Contractor(S)’) From The Demand Under The Terms And Conditions Of An
Agreement Dated _____________________________ Made Between
_____________________________________ And _______________________________ For
____________________________________ (Hereinafter Called “The Said Agreement Of Security
Deposit For The Due Fulfillment By The Said Contractor (S) Of The Terms And Conditions
Contained In The Said Agreement, On Production Of A Bank Guarantee For Rs.
______________________________
(Rupees___________________________________________Only) We,
_________________________________________ (Hereinafter Referred To As ‘The Bank’) At The
Request
( Indicate The Name Of The Bank)
Of ______________________________ [( Contractor (S) Do Hereby Undertake To Pay The
NMMC An Amount Not Exceeding Rs. _____________________________ Against Any Loss Or
Demand Caused To Or Suffered Or Would Be Caused To Or Suffered By The NMMC By Reason
Of Any Branch By The Said Contractor (S) Of Any Of The Terms Or Conditions Contained In The
Said Agreement.
2. We _____________________________________________ Do Hereby Undertake To
Pay The
( Indicate The Name Of The Bank)
Amounts Due And Payable Under This Guarantee Without Any Demur, Meerely On A Demand
From The NMMC Stating That The Amount Claimed Is Due By Way Of Loss Or Damage Caused
To Or Would Be Caused To Or Suffered By The NMMC By Reason Of Breach By The Said
Contractor (S) Of Any Of The Terms Or Conditions Contained In The Said Agreement Or By
Reasons Of The Contractor (S) Failure To Perform The Said Agreement . Any Such Demand Made
On The Bank Shall Be Conclusive As Regards The Amount Due And Payable By The Bank Under
This Guarantee. However, Our Liability Under This Guarantee Shall Be Restricted To An Amount
Not Exceeding Rs. ...................
3. We, Undertake To Pay To The NMMC Any Money So Demanded Not With Standing
Any Dispute Or Disputes Raised By The Contractor (S) / Supplier (S) In Any Suit Or Proceeding
Pending Before Any Court Or Tribunal Relating Thereto Our Liability Under This Present Being
Absolute And Unequivocal.
The Payment So Made By Us Under This Bond Shall Be A Valid Discharge Of Our Liability
For Payment There Under And The Contractor (S) / Supplier (S) Shall Have No Claim Against Us
For Making Such Payment.
4. We, ____________________________ Further Agree That The Guarantee Herein
17
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
(Indicate The Name Of Bank)
Contained Shall Remain In Full Force And Effect During The Period That Would Be Taken For The
Performance Of The Said Agreement And That It Shall Continue To Be Enforceable Till All The
Dues Of The NMMC Under Or By Virtue Of The Said Agreement Have Been Fully Paid And Its
Claims Satisfied Or Discharged Or Till The City Engineer Of NMMC (Indicate The Name Of
Administrative Department ) Certifies That The Terms And Conditions Of The Said Agreement
Have Been Fully And Properly Carried Out By The Said Contractor (S) And Accordingly Of The
Said Agreement Have Been Fully And Properly Carried Out By The Said Contractor (S) And
Accordingly Discharges This Guarantee. Unless A Demand Or Claim Under This Guarantee Is Made
On Us In Writing On Or Before The ..................We Shall Be Discharged From All Liability Under
This Guarantee Thereafter.
5. We ......................................................... Further Agree With The NMMC That
(Indicate The Name Of Bank)
The NMMC Shall Have The Fullest Liberty Without Our Consent And Without Affecting In Any
Manner Our Obligations Hereunder To Vary Any Of The Terms And Conditions Of The Said
Agreement Or To Extend Time To Performance By The Said Contractor (S) From Time To Time Or
To Postpone For Any Time Or From Time To Time Any Of The Powers Exercisable By The
NMMC Against The Said Contractor (S) And To Forbear Or Enforce Any Of The Terms And
Conditions Relating To The Said Agreement And We Shall Not Be Relieved From Our Liability By
Reason Of Any Such Variation, Or Extension Being Granted To The Said Contractor (S) Or For Any
Forbearance, Act Or Commission On The Part Of The NMMC Or Any Indulgence By The NMMC
To The Said Contractor (S) Or By Any Such Matter Or Thing Whatsoever Which Under The Law
Relating To Sureties Would But For This Provision, Have Effect Of So Relieving Us.
6. This Guarantee Will Not Be Discharged Due To The Change In The Constitution Of The
Bank Or The Contractor (S) / Supplier (S).
7. We, ......................................................... Lastly Undertake Not To Revoke This
( Indicate The Name Of Bank)
Guarantee During Its Currency Except With The Previous Consent Of The NMMC In
Writing.
Dated The .............. Day Of ............20
For ...................................................
(Indicate The Name Of Bank)
18
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Annexure –2
UNDERTAKING (On A Rs. 100/- Stamp Paper)
The Information / Documents Submitted By Us Are True To Our Knowledge And If
The Information / Documents So Furnished Shall Be Found To Be Untrue Or False, The
Tender Shall Be Liable To Be Disqualified And Our Earnest Money Accompanying
Tender Will Be Forfeited.
Also I/We Aware That If The Information / Document Found To Be Untrue Or False
During The Currency Of Contract, Our Contract Liable To Be Terminated.
.................................................... I / We Hereby Declare That I / We Have Made Myself /
Ourselves Thoroughly Conversant With The Sub-Soil Conditions Regarding All Materials (Such
As Stone, Murum, Sand, Etc.) And Labour Of Which I / We Have Based My / Our Rates For
This Work. The Specifications, Conditions Bore Results And Lead Of Materials On This Work
Have Been Carefully Studied And Understood By Me / Us Before Submitting This Tender. I /
We Undertake To Use Only The Best Materials Approved By The, City Engineer, N.M.M.C. Or
His Duly Authorised Assistant, Before Starting The Work And To Abide By His Decision.
I/ We Agree That The Amount Of Earnest Money Shall Not Bear Interest And Shall Be
Liable To Be Forfeited To The Corporation, Should I/We Fail To (I) Abide By The
Stipulation To Keep The Offer Open For The Period Of 120 Days From The Date Fixed
For Opening The Same And Thereafter Until It Is Withdrawn By Me/ Us By Notice In
Writing Duly Addressed To The Authority Opening The Tenders. (Ii) Security Deposit
As Specified In Schedule ‘A’ And Within The Time Limit Laid Down In 24 Of Detailed
Tender Notice. The Amount Of Earnest Money May Be Adjusted Towards The Security
Deposit Or Refunded To Me /Us If So Desired By Me/Us In Writing, Unless The Same
Or Any Part Thereof Has Been Forfeit As Aforesaid.
Should This Tender Be Accepted I/ We Hereby Agree To Abide By And Fulfill All The
Terms And Provisions Of The Conditions Of Contract Annexed Hereto So Far As
Applicable And In Default Thereof To Forfeited And Pay To NMMC The Sums Of
Money Mentioned In The Said Conditions.
Demand Draft No...............................Dated ...................... From The Nationalised/
Scheduled Bank At........................................................... In Respect Of The Sum Of
*Rs................................................................... Is Herewith Forwarded Representing
The Earnest Money (A) The Full Value Of Which Is To Be Absolutely Forfeited To
N.M.M.C. Should I/ We Not Deposit The Full Amount Of Security Deposit Specified In
The Detailed Tender Notice.
Tenderer ........................................................................................
Address .........................................................................................
19
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
.........................................................................................
Date The .............................. Day Of ......................... 20 Signature
Of Tenderer
(Witness) ........................................................................................ Signature Of
Witness
Address .........................................................................................
20
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Annexure –3
Firm Details
1. Name Of Firm And Class Of Registration
With Validity Date & Value Of
Registration
2. Address For Communication & Telephone
No.
E - Mail
3. Details Of Proprietor/Partaners/Director
Name Address Qualification And Experience
4. Annual Turnover
Previous Financial Year (Y-1)
2nd
Previous Financial Year (Y-2)
3rd
Previous Financial Year (Y-3)
Certified Copy Of Audiated Balance Sheet
Profit / Loss Statement Attested
(Yes/No.)
5. Details Of Black Listed & Litigation
6. Remarks
Signature Of Proprietor Or Authorised Person Of The Firm
21
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Annexure –4
Details Of Works Of Similar Type And Magnitude Carried Out By The Tenderer (Last 3 Years)
Name Of The Tenderer :
Sr.
No.
Name Of
Work
Type Of Work Name Of
Department &
Address
Cost Of
Work
Date Of
Starting
Stipulated
Date Of
Completion
Actual
Date Of
Completion
Remarks
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1)
2)
3)
✳✳✳✳ Note: - The Turnover Amount Should Be Certified And Audited By CA Of Firm And Separate Sheet Should Be Enclosed
22
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Annexure –5
List Of Work In Hand As On The Date Of Submission Of This Tender
Sr. No. Name Of Work Name Of Deptt. &
Adress
Work In Hand
Anticipated Date
Of Completion
Remark
Tender Cost Cost Of
Remaining Work
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
23
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Annexure –6
List Of Works Tendered As On The Date Of Submission Of This Tender
Sr. No. Name Of Work Name Of
Deptt. &
Adress
Works Tendered For
Remark
Estimated Cost Date When
Decisions
Expected
Stipulated Date Of
Period Of
Completion
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Note : 25% To 50% Estimated Amount Shall Be Consider Based On Stipulated Period Of Completion
24
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Annexure –7
List Of Relevant Plant And Machinery.
Sr.
No.
Name Of Equipment No. Of Units Kind And
Make
Capacity Age &
Conditions
Present
Location
Remarks
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A)
B)
Immediately Available
Proposed To Be Procured
For The Work.
25
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Annexure – 8
Details Of Technical Personnel Available With The Contractor
Name Of The Tenderer :
Sr.
No.
Name Of Work Technical
Qualification
Whether Working
In Field Or In
Office
Experience Of
Execution Of
Similar Works
Period For Which
The Person Is
Working With
The Tenderer
Remarks
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
26
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
PART - I
INTERPRETATIONS AND DEFINITIONS
1 Singular And
Plura l .
Where The Context So Requires , Words Import ing The
Singular Shal l Also Mean The Plura l And Vice Versa .
2 . Gender Words Import ing The Mascul ine Gender Shal l Also
Inc lude The Feminine Gender .
3 . Definit ions (a) ‘Corpora t ion’ Shal l Mean Navi Mumbai
Munic ipa l Corporation As Incorpora ted Under
The BPMC Act , 1949.
(b) The ‘Municipa l Commissioner’ Shal l Mean The
Munic ipa l Commissioner Of The Corpora t ion,
For The Time Being Holding That Office And
Also His Successor And Shal l Inc lude Any
Off icer Authorized By Him.
(c ) The ‘Engineer’ Shal l Mean The City Engineer
Appointed For The Time Being Or Any Other
Off icer Or Off icers Of The Corpora t ion Who
May Be Authorized By The Commissioner To
Carry Out The Funct ions Of The Engineer .
(d) ‘Engineer’s Representa tive’ Shal l Mean
Executive Engineer/ Deputy Engineer/ Sectional
Engineer /Junior Engineer Or Any Other
Munic ipa l Employee Or Employees Appointed
From Time To Time By The ‘Engineer’ To
Perform The Dut ies Set Forth In Clause No.66
Hereof And General ly To Assis t The Engineer
For The Purpose Of The Contrac t And Whose
Authori ty Shal l Be Not i f ied In Wri t ing To The
Contractor By The Engineer .
(e ) The ‘Contrac t ’ Shal l Mean The Tender And
Acceptance Thereof And The Formal Agreement
If Any, Executed Between The Contractor , And
The Corpora tion Together With The Documents
Referred To There in Including These
Condi t ions And Appendices And Any Specia l
Condi t ions , The Specif icat ions , Designs ,
Drawings, Price Schedules , Bil ls Of Quant i t ies
And Schedule Of Rates . Al l These Documents
27
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Taken Together Shal l Be Deemed To Form One
Contract And Shal l Be Complementary To One
Another .
The Order Of Precedence In Case Of Discrepancies
Shal l Be As Under,
1 . Contract Agreements .
2 . The Let ter Of Acceptance .
3 . Notice Invi t ing Tender & Inst ruct ions To
Tenderer .
4 . Special Condi t ions Of Contrac t .
5 . The Genera l Condi t ions Of Contrac t .
6 . Schedule Of Rates & Quant i t ies .
7 . The Technica l Specif ica tions .
8 . The Drawings
9 . Schedules & Annexures .
( f ) The ‘Contractor’ Shal l Mean The Individual Or
Firm Or Company Whether Incorpora ted Or
Not , Undertaking The Works And Shall Inc lude
Legal Representa t ives Of Such Individual Or
Persons Composing Such Firm Or
Unincorpora ted Company Or Successors Of
Such Firm Or Company As The Case May Be
And Permit ted Assigns Of Such Individual Or
Firm Or Company.
(g) ‘Contrac t Sum’ Means The Sum Named In The
Let ter Of Acceptance Inc luding Physica l
Cont ingencies Subject To Such Addi t ion
There to Or Deduct ion There-From As May Be
Made Under The Provis ions Here inaf ter
Conta ined.
Note : The Contrac t Sum Shal l Inc lude The Fol lowing
: -
1 . (A) In The Case Of Percentage Rate Contracts , The
Est imated Value Of Works As Ment ioned In The
Tender Adjusted By The Contrac tor ' s Percentage .
(B) In The Case Of I tem Rate Contrac ts , The Cost
Of The
Work Arrived At Af ter Extension Of The Quant i t ies
Shown In Schedule Of I tems/ Quant i t ies By The
I tem Rates Quoted By The Tenderer For Various
I tems And Summation Of The Extended Cost Of
28
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Each I tem.
(C) In Case Of Lump Sum Contrac t , The Sum For
Which Tender Is Accepted.
2 . Special Discount / Rebate / Trade Discount Offered
By
The Tenderer If Any And Accepted By The
Corpora t ion.
3 . Addi t ions Or Dele t ions That Are Accepted Af ter
Opening Of The Tenders.
4 . Physica l Cont ingencies , If Any An Accepted By The
Corpora t ion.
(h) ‘Excepted Risks’ Are Risks Due To Riots
(Otherwise Than Among
Contractors’ Employees) And Civi l Commotion
(In So Far As Both These Are Uninsurable) ,
War (Whether Declared Or Not) ,
Invasion, Act Of Fore ign Enemies , Host i l i t ies ,
Civi l War, Rebel l ion, Revolut ion, Insurrec t ion,
Mil i ta ry Or Usurped Power, Any Act Of
Government , Damage From Aircraf t , Acts Of
God, Such As Earthquake , Lightning And
Unprecedented Floods And Other Causes Over
Which The Contrac tor Has No Control And
Accepted As Such By The Commissioner.
( i ) The ‘Si te’ Mean The Land And Other
Places , More Specif ica lly Ment ioned In The
Special Condi t ions Of The Tender , On, Under,
In Or Through Which The Works Or Temporary
Works Are To Be Executed And Any Other
Lands And Places Provided
By The Corpora t ion For Working Space Or Any
Other Purpose As May Be Specif ica l ly
Designated In The Contract As Forming Part Of
The Si te .
( j ) ‘Urgent Works’ Shal l Mean Any Measures
Which In The Opinion Of The Engineer Become
Necessary During The Progress Of The Work
To Obvia te Any Risk Of Accident Or Fai lure Or
Which Become Necessary For Securi ty.
29
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
(k) The ‘Works’ Sha l l Mean The Tasks To Be Executed
In Accordance Wi th The Contract Or Par t (S)
Thereof , As The Case May Be , And Shal l Inc lude
Al l Ext ra Or Addi t iona l , Al te red Or Subs t i tuted
Works As Requi red For Performance Of The
Cont rac t .
( l ) ‘Construc t ion Plant’ Shal l Mean All Appl iances
Or Things Of Whatever Nature Required In Or
About The Execut ion, Comple t ion Or
Maintenance Of The Works Or Temporary
Works (As Here In Af ter Def ined) But Shal l
Not Inc lude Materials Or Other Things Intended
To Form Or Forming Part Of The Works.
(m) ‘Temporary Works’ Shal l Mean All Temporary
Tasks Of Every Kind Required In Or About
Execution, Comple tion Or Maintenance Of The
Work.
(n) ‘Drawing’ Shal l Mean The Drawings Referred
To In The Specif icat ion And Any Modif ica tion
Of Such Drawings Approved In Wri t ing By The
Engineer And Such Drawings As May From
Time To Time Be Furnished Or Approved In
Wri t ing By The Engineer .
(o) ‘Approved’ Shal l Mean Approved In Wri t ing
Inc luding Subsequent Confi rmation Of Previous
Verbal Approval And “Approval” Shal l Mean
Approval In Wri t ing Inc luding As Aforesa id.
(p) ‘Specif ica t ion’ Means The Specif ica tion
Referred To In The Tender And Any
Modif icat ion Thereof Or Addi t ion Or Deduct ion
There to As May From Time To Time Be
Furnished Or Approved In Wri t ing By The
Engineer .
(q) “Tender” Means The Contractor’s Priced Offer
To The Corporat ion For The Execut ion And
Complet ion Of The Works And The Remedying
Of Any Defects There in In Accordance With
The Provis ion Of The Contract , As Accepted By
The Let ter Of Acceptance .
( r ) ‘Let ter Of Acceptance’ Means The Formal
30
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Acceptance By The Corpora t ion.
(s ) ‘Commencement Date’ Means The Date Upon
Which The Contrac tor Receives The Not ice To
Commence The Work Issued By The Engineer
Pursuant To Clause 80.
( t ) ‘Time For Comple tion’ Means The Time For
Complet ing The Execution Of And Passing The
Tests On Comple t ion Of The Works Or Any
Sect ion Or Part Thereof As Sta ted In The
Contract (Or As Extended Under Clause 83
Calcula ted From The Commencement Date .
(u) The ‘Annexure’ Referred To In These
Condi t ions Shal l Means The Relevant Annexure
Appended To The Tender Papers Issued By The
Corpora t ion.
PART – II
INSTRUCTIONS TO CONTRACTOR 4. Scope Of
Work
The work to be carr ied out under the contrac t shal l ,
except as otherwise provided in these condit ions ,
inc lude al l labour, mater ia ls , tools , p lant , equipment
and t ransport which may be required in
prepara tion of and for and in the ful l and ent i re
execut ion and comple t ion of the works .
The descript ions given in the schedule of works / i tems
/ quant i t ies , and the bi l l s of quant i t ies sha l l , unless
otherwise s ta ted, be he ld to include waste on
materia ls , carr iage and cartage , carrying in , re turn of
empties , hois t ing, se t t ing, f i t t ing and f ixing in posi t ion
and a l l o ther labour necessary in and for the ful l and
ent i re execution and comple tion as aforesaid in
accordance with good prac t ice and recognized
princ iples .
5 . Corrupt Or
Fraudulent
Prac t ices
The Corpora tion Requires That The Bidders /Suppl iers /
Contractors Under This Tender Observe The Highest
Standards Of Ethics During The Procurement And
Execution Of Such Contrac ts . In Pursuance Of This
Pol icy, The Corpora t ion Def ines For The Purposes Of
This Provis ion, The Terms Set Forth As Fol lows:
A)“Corrupt Prac t ice” Means The Offer ing, Giving,
Receiving Or Sol ic i t ing Of Any Thing Of Value To
Inf luence The Action Of The Publ ic Off ic ia l In The
31
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Procurement Process Or In Contrac t Execution; And
B)“Fraudulent Prac tice” Means A Misrepresenta t ion Of
Facts In Order To Inf luence A Procurement Process Or
A Execut ion Of A Contract To The Detr iment Of The
Corpora t ion, And Inc ludes Col lusive Prac t ice Among
Bidders (Prior To Or Af ter Bid Submission) Designed
To Establ ish Bid Prices At Art i f ic ia l Non-Compet i t ive
Levels And To Deprive The Corpora t ion Of The
Benef i ts Of The Free And Open Competi t ion;
The Corpora t ion Wil l Rejec t A Proposal For Award If
I t Determines That The Bidder Recommended For
Award Has Engaged In Corrupt Or Fraudulent
Prac t ices In Competing For The Contrac t In Quest ion;
The Corpora t ion Wil l A Firm Inel igible , Ei ther
Indef inite ly Or For A Sta ted Period Of Time, To Be
Awarded A Contrac t I f I t At Any Time Determines
That The Firm Has Engaged In Corrupt And Fraudulent
Prac t ices In Compet ing For, Or In Execut ing, A
Contract .
6 . Int imat ion To
Successful
Tenderers
The Acceptance Of Tender May Be Communicated To
The Successful Tenderer In Wri t ing Or Otherwise
Ei ther By The Tender Opening Authori ty Or Any
Authori ty In The Corpora t ion.
7 . Securi ty
Deposi t
The Contrac tor Shall Pay A Securi ty Deposi t Equal To
Five Percent Of The Contrac t Sum As Securi ty For
Due Fulf i l lment Of The Contrac t , Unless Otherwise
Sta ted In The Tender Documents .
The Mode Of Making This Deposi t Is As Under.
Ini t ia l Or Contrac t Deposi t
A Sum, Which Along With The Earnest Money Already
Paid, Amounts To Three Percent Of The Contrac t Sum
Shal l Be Paid Within 15 Days Af ter Receipt Of
Int imat ion In Wri t ing Of Acceptance Of Tender . I t Is
Opt ional To The Contractor To Make The Contrac t
Deposi t In One Of The Other Of The Fol lowing Ways :
i ) Wholly In Cash Or.
i i ) Wholly In Form Of Nat ional Saving
Cert if ica te Pledged In Favour Of The
Corpora t ion Or Bank Guarantees / Fixed
Deposi t From Nat ional ised / Scheduled Banks
In The Enclosed Format .
i i i ) Part ly In Cash And Part ly In Form Of
Nat ional Saving Cert i f ica te Pledged In Favour
Of The Corpora t ion Or Bank Guarantees /
Fixed Deposi t From Nat ional ised / Scheduled
32
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Banks In The Enclosed Format
Retention Money: The Remaining Amount Of The Security Deposi t I .E.
2% Shal l Be Recovered From The Contrac tor’s
Running Bi l ls At The Rate Of Five Percent And Such
Retent ion Together With The Contrac t Deposi t Made
As Aforesa id Shal l Not Exceed In The Aggregate Five
Percent Of The Contract Sum After Which Such
Retent ion Wil l Cease .
8 . Forfe i ture Of
Securi ty
Deposi t
Al l Compensat ion Or Other Sums Of Money Payable
By The Contractor Under The Terms Of This Contract
Or Any Other Account Whatsoever , May Be Deducted
From Or Paid By The Sale Of A Suff ic ient Part Of
This Securi ty Deposi t /Retent ion Money Or From The
Interes t Aris ing There From Or From Any Sums Which
May Be Due Or May Become Due To The Contrac tor
By The Corpora t ion On Any Account Whatsoever , And
In The Event Of His Securi ty Deposi t /Retent ion Money
Being Reduced By Reason Of Any Such Deduct ion Or
Sale As Aforesa id, The Contractor Shal l Within 15
Days Of Receipt Of Not ice Of Demand From The
Engineer Make Good The Def ici t .
In The Event Of The Said Deposi t Having Been Made
By The Contrac tor By Del ivery To The Corpora t ion
Of The Guarantee Of The Bankers Of The Contrac tor ,
And Of The Contractor Under Any Of The Provis ions
Of This Contract Becoming Subjec t To Or Liable For
Any Penal ty For Damages Liquidated Or Unl iquidated
Or Of The Said Deposi t Becoming Forfe i ted Any
Breach Or Fai lure Or Determinat ion Of Contrac t ,
Then, And In Such Case The Amount Of Any Such
Penal ty Or Damages And The Deposi t So Forfe i ted Is
Not Previously Paid To The Munic ipa l Commissioner ,
Shal l Immedia te ly On Demand Be Paid By The Said
Bankers To And May Be Forfe i ted By The Municipal
Commissioner Under And In Terms Of The Said
Guarantee .
9 . Execution Of
Contract
Document
The Successful Tenderer Af ter Furnishing Ini t ia l
Securi ty Deposi t , Is Required To Execute An
Agreement In Duplicate In The Form Attached With
The Tender Documents On A Stamp Paper Of Proper
Value . The Proper Value At Present Is Rs. 100/- . The
Agreement Should Be Signed Within One Month From
The Date Of Acceptance Of The Tender
33
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
10. Issue Of Work
Order Work Order Wil l Be Issued Af ter Execut ion Of
Contract Document .
11. Contract
Documents
The Contrac tor Shall Be Furnished, Free Of Charge ,
Two Cert i f ied True Copies Of The Contrac t Documents
And All Further Drawings Which May Be Issued
During The Progress Of The Work. None Of These
Documents Shal l Be Used By The Contrac tor For Any
Purpose Other Than That Of This Contrac t .
12. Indemnity
Bond The Contrac tor Shal l Require To Execute An
Indemnity Bond For Sat isfactory Performance Of The
Ent i re Projec t On Stamp Paper Of Rs.100/- In The
Format As Per Annexure ‘D’. This Indemnity Bond
Shal l Remain In Force For Period Ment ioned In
Schedule ‘A’ As Defect Liabi l i ty Period Af ter
Complet ion Of The Projec t .
13. Licences The Successful Tenderer Should Comply Sta tutory
Inst ruc t ion Of Contrac t Labour & Will Be Required To
Produce To The Sat isfac tion Of The Engineer A Val id
Contract Labour Licence Issued In His Favour Under
The Provis ion Of The Contrac t Labour Licence
(Regula t ion And Abol i t ion) 1970, Before Star t ing The
Work. On Fai lure To Do So, The Acceptance Of The
Tender Is Liable To Be Withdrawn And Also The
Earnest Money Is Liable To Be Forfe i ted.
14. Details To Be
Conf ident ia l
The Contrac tor Shal l Trea t The Detai ls Of The
Contract As Priva te And Conf ident ia l , Save In So Far
As May Be Necessary For The Purposes Thereof , And
Shal l Not Publ ish Or Disc lose The Same Or Any
Part iculars Thereof In Any Trade Or Technica l Paper
Or Elsewhere Without The Previous Consent In
Wri t ing Of The Engineer . I f Any Dispute Arises As
To The Necessi ty Of Any Publ ica t ion Or Disc losure
For The Purpose Of The Contract The Same Shal l Be
Referred To The Corpora t ion Whose Determinat ion
Shal l Be Final .
15. Off ic ia l
Secrecy The Contractor Shal l , Whenever Required, Take
Necessary Steps To Ensure That Al l Persons Employed
On Any Work In Connection With This Contrac t Have
Not iced That The India Off ic ia l Secre ts Act 1923 (XIX
Of 1923) Appl ies To Them And Shal l Cont inue To
Apply Even Af ter Execution Of Such Work Under The
Contract .
16. Assignment The Contrac tor Shal l Not Assign Transfer Or At tempt
To Assign, Transfer The Contrac t Or Any Part
Thereof , Or Any Benefi t Or Interes t There in Or There
Under Otherwise Than By A Charge In Favour Of The
34
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Contractor’s Bankers Of Any Money Due Or To
Become Due Under This Contrac t , Without The Prior
Wri t ten Approval Of The Commissioner.
17. Sub-Let t ing The Contrac tor Shall Not Sub-Let Or At tempt To Sub-
Let The Whole Of The Works.
Except Where Otherwise Provided By The Contract ,
The Contrac tor Shal l Not Sub-Let Any Part Of The
Works Without The Prior Wri t ten Approval Of The
Engineer , Which Shal l Not Be Unreasonably With-
Held, And Such Approval , I f Given, Shal l Not Rel ieve
The Contrac tor From Any Liabi l i ty Or Obl iga t ion
Under Defaul ts And Neglec ts Of Any Sub-Contrac tor ,
His Agents , Servants Or Workmen As Ful ly As If They
Were The Acts , Defaul ts Or Neglec ts Of The
Contractor , His Agents , Servants Or Workmen.
Provided Always That The Engagement Of Labour On
A Piecework Basis Or Labour With Materia l Not To Be
Incorpora ted In The Work Shal l Not Be Deemed To Be
A Sub-Let t ing Under This Clause .
The Contrac tor Shal l Be Responsible For Observance
By His Sub-Contractors Of The Foregoing Provis ions
18. Changes In
Const i tut ion Where The Contrac tor Is A Partnership Firm,
The Prior Approval In Wri t ing Of The Commissioner
Shal l Be Obta ined Before Any Change Is Made In The
Const i tut ion Of The Firm. Where The Contrac tor Is An
Individual Or Hindu Undivided Family Business
Concern Such Approval As Aforesa id Shal l Likewise
Be Obta ined Before The Contrac tor Enters Into Any
Partnership Agreement Where Under The Partnership
Firm Would Have The Right To Carry Out The Work
Hereby Undertaken By The Contrac tor . I f Prior
Approval As Aforesa id Is Not Obta ined The Contrac t
Shal l Be Deemed To Have Been Assigned In
Contravent ion Of The Clause No. 108 Hereof And The
Same Act ion May Be Taken And The Same
Consequences Shal l Ensure As Provided For In The
Said Condi t ion.
19. Power Of
At torney
The Contrac tor Shall Not Issue Any Kind Of Power Of
At torney In Favour Of His Bankers For Rout ine
Payments To The Contrac tors Through Bank.
20. Contractors
Staff
The Contrac tor Shal l Employ In And About The
Execution Of Works Only Such Persons As Are Ski l led
And Are Experienced In Their Severa l Trades And The
Engineer Shal l Be At Liberty To Object To And
Require The Contrac tor To Remove From The Works
Any Person, Employed By The Contrac tor In Or About
35
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
The Execut ion Of The Works, Who In The Opinion Of
The Engineer Misconducts Himself Or Is Incompetent
Or Negl igent In The Proper Performance Of His Dut ies
And Such Person Shal l Not Be Again Employed Upon
The Works Without Permiss ion Of The Engineer .
21. Contractors’
Supervis ion
The Contrac tor Shall Himself Supervise The Execut ion
Of Works Or Shal l Appoint Competent Agent
Approved By The Engineer To Act In His Stead. If , In
The Opinion Of The Engineer The Contrac tor Himself
Not Have Suff ic ient Knowledge And Experience To Be
Capable Of Receiving Inst ruc t ions Or Cannot Give His
Ful l At tent ion To The Works, The Contrac tor Shal l At
His Own Expense , Employ As His Accredi ted Agent
An Engineer Or A Sui tably Qual i f ied And Experienced
Person Approved By The Engineer . The Name Of The
Agent So Appointed, Along-With The Qual if icat ions ,
Experience And Address Shal l Be Communicated To
The Engineer . The Agent Shal l Be A Responsible
Person Adequate ly Organisa t ion By The Contrac tor To
Take Decis ion On Si te And To Spend Money If
Required For Procuring Materia l And Labour Etc .
To Carry Out Emergency Works In The Interest Of
The Work, If So Required By The Engineer . Orders
Given To Contrac tor’s Agent Shal l Be Considered To
Have The Same Force As If These Had Been Given To
The Contrac tor Himself .
I f The Contrac tor Fai ls To Appoint A Sui table Agent
As Direc ted By The Engineer , The Engineer Shal l
Have Ful l Powers To Suspend The Execution Of The
Works Unt i l Such Date As A Sui table Agent Is
Appointed And The Contractor Shal l Be Held
Responsible For The Delay So Caused To The Works.
22. Employment
Of Labour
The Contractor Shall Employ The Labour In Sufficient Numbers To
Maintain The Required Rate Of Progress And Of Quality To Ensure
Workmanship, Of The Degree Specified In The
Contract And To The Satisfaction Of The Engineer. The Contractor
Shall Not Employ In Connection With The Work Any Child Who
Has Not Completed His 15th
Year Of Age. He Shall Also Not
Employ An Adolescent Who Has Not Completed His 18th
Year
Unless He Is Certified Fit For Work As An Adult As Prescribed
Under Clause (B) Of Sub-Section (2) Of Section 69 Of The
Factories Act, 1948.
The Contrac tor Shall Make His Own Arrangement For
The Engagement Of Al l Labour Local Or Otherwise .
The Contrac tor Shal l Indemnify The Corpora t ion Or
Any Agent , Servant Or Employee Of Corpora t ion For
Any Lapses On The Part Of Contrac tor On Account Of
36
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Non-Compliance Of Above Referred Acts .
23. Compliance
With Labour
Regula t ion.
The Contractor Shal l Pay Fair And Reasonable Wages
To The Workmen Employed By Him, For The Contrac t
Undertaken By Him. In The Event Of Any Dispute
Aris ing Between The Contrac tor And His Workmen On
The Grounds That The Wages Paid Are Not Fair And
Reasonable , The Dispute Shall Be Referred Without
Delay To The Engineer , Who Shall Decide The Same.
The Decision Of The Engineer Shal l Be Conclusive
And Binding On The Contrac tor But Such Decis ion
Shal l Not In Any Way Affec t The Condi t ions In The
Contract Regarding The Payment To Be Made By
Corpora t ion At The Same Sanct ioned Tender Rates .
The Employees Of The Contrac tor And The Sub-
Contractor In No Case Shall Be Trea ted As The
Employees Of The Corpora t ion At Any Point Of Time.
SALIENT FEATURES OF SOME MAJOR LABOUR
LAWS APPLICABLE TO ESTABLISHMENTS
ENGAGED IN BUILDING AND OTHER
CONSTRUCTION WORK.
( i ) Workman Compensation Act 1923.
The Act Provides For Compensat ion In Case Of Injury
By Accident Aris ing Out Of And During The Course
Of Employment .
( i i ) Payment Of Gratuity Act 1972 .
Gra tui ty Is Payable To An Employee Under The Act
On Sat isfac t ion Of Certain Condi t ions On Separa tion
If An Employee Has Completed 5 Years Service Or
More Or On Death At The Rate Of 15 Days Wages For
Every Comple ted Year Of Service . The Act Is
Appl icable To All Establ ishments Employing 10 Or
More Employees .
( I i i ) Employees PF And Miscel laneous Provis ion Act, 1952 .
The Act Provides For Monthly Contr ibut ions By The
Employer Plus Workers @ 10% Or 8.33% . The
Benef i ts Payable Under The Act Are
(a) Pension Or Family Pension On Ret i rement Or
Death As The Case May Be.
(b) Deposi t Linked Insurance On The Death In
37
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Harness Of The Worker .
(c ) Payment Of PF Accumula t ion On Reti rement /
Death Etc .
( iv) Maternity Benefi t Act 1951
Act Provides For Leave And Some Other Benefi ts To
Women Employees In Case Of Conf inement Or
Miscarr iage Etc .
(v) Contract Labour (Regulation And Abol i t ion) Act 1970 .
The Act Provides For Certa in Welfare Measures To Be
Provided By The Contrac tor To Contrac t Labour And
In Case The Contrac tor Fai ls To Provide , The Same
Are Required To Be Provided By The Princ ipal
Employer By Law. The Princ ipa l Employer Is Required
To Take Cert if ica te Of Regis t ra t ion And The
Contractor Is Required To Take A Licence From The
Designated Off icer . The Act Is Appl icable To The
Establ ishments Or Contrac tor Of Princ iple Employer If
They Employ 20 Or More Contrac t Labour.
(vi ) Minimum Wages Act 1970
The Contrac tor Shall See That The Provis ions Set For
Under The Minimum Wages Act And Contract
Regula t ion And Abol i t ion Act 1970 With The
Maharashtra Contrac t Labour(Regula t ion And
Abol i t ion) Rules 1971 As Amended From Time To
Time Are Ful ly Complied With By Him And Shal l
Mainta in Necessary Regis ters And Records For
Payment Of Wages, Overt ime, Etc . Made To His
Workmen As Required By The Concil ia t ion Off icer
(Centra l ) , Minis t ry Of Labour, Government Of India ,
Or Such Other Organisa t ion Person Appointed By The
Central Or Sta te Government .
(vi i ) Payment Of Wages Act 1936 I t Lays Down As To By What Date The Wages Are To
Be Paid, When I t Wil l Be Paid And What Deduct ions
Can Be Made From The Wages Of The Workers .
(vi i i ) Equal Remuneration Act 1979.
The Act Provides For Payment Of Equal Wages For
38
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Work Of Equal Nature To Male & Female Workers And
Not For Making Discriminat ion Against Female
Employees In The Mat ters Of Transfers , Tra ining And
Promotions Etc .
( ix) Payment Of Bonus Act 1965
The Act Is Appl icable To All Establ ishments
Employing 20 Or More Workmen. The Act Provides
For Payments Of Annual Bonus Subjec t To A Minimum
Of 8.33% Of Wages And Maximum Of 200% Of Wages
To Employees Drawing Rs. 3 ,500/- P.M. Or Less . The
Bonus To Be Paid To Or Employees Gett ing Rs. 2500/-
P.M. Above Upto 3500/- P.M. Shal l Be Worked Out By
Taking Wages As Rs. 2500/- P.M. Only. The Act Does
Not Apply To Certa in Establ ishments . The Newly Set
Up Establ ishments Are Exempted For Five Years In
Certain Circumstances . Some Of The Sta te
Governments Have Reduced The Employment Size
From 20 To 10 For The Purpose Of Appl icabi l i ty Of
The Act .
(x) Industr ial Disputes Act 1947
The Act Lays Down The Machinery And Procedure For
Resolution Of Industr ia l Disputes , In What Si tua t ions
A Str ike Or Lock-Out Becomes I l legal And What Are
The Requirements For Laying Off Or Retrenching The
Employees Or Closing Down The Establishment .
(xi ) Industr ial Employment (Standing Orders )
Act 1946
I t Is Appl icable To All Establishments Employing
1000 Or More Workmen (Employment Size Reduced
By Some Of The Sta tes And Centra l Government To
50) . The Act Provides For Laying Down Rules
Governing The Condi t ions Of Employment By The
Employer Or Mat ters Provided In The Act And Get The
Same Cert if ied By The Designated Authori ty.
(xi i ) Trade Unions Act 1926 The Act Lays Down The Procedure For Regis t ra t ion Of
Trade Unions Of Workmen And Employers . The Trade
Unions Regis tered Under The Act Have Been Given
Certain Immunit ies From Civi l And Criminal
Liabi l i t ies .
39
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
(xi i i ) Child Labour (Prohibit ion And Regulation
) Act 1986.
The Act Prohibi ts Employment Of Children Below 14
Years Of Age In Certain Occupat ion And Processes
And Provides For Regula t ion Of Employment Of
Chi ldren In Al l Other Occupat ions And Processes.
Employment Of Child Labour Is Prohibi ted In Bui lding
And Construc t ion Industry.
(xiv) Inter-State Migrant Workmen’s ( Regulation
Of Employment And Condit ions Of Service )
Act 1979. The Act Is Appl icable To An Establishment Which
Employees 5 Or More Inter-Sta te Migrant Workmen
Through An Intermediary ( Who Has Recrui ted
Workmen In One Sta te For Employment In The
Establ ishment Si tuated In Another Sta te ) . The Inter-
Sta te Migrant Workmen, In An Establ ishment To
Which This Act Becomes Appl icable , Are Required To
Be Provided Certain Faci l i t ies Such As Housing,
Medica l Aid, Travel ing Expenses From Home Upto
The Establ ishment And Back, Etc .
(xv) The Building & Other Construction
Workers (Regulation Of Employment And
Condi t ions Of Service) Act 1996 And The Cess
Act Of 1996.
Al l The Establ ishments Who Carry On Any Bui lding
Or Other Construc t ion Work And Employs 10 Or More
Workers Are Covered Under This Act . Al l Such
Establ ishments Are Required To Pay Cess At Rate Not
Exceeding 2% Of The Cost Of Construct ion As May Be
Not i f ied By The Government . The Employer Of The
Establ ishment Is Required To Provide Safe ty Measures
At The Bui lding Or Construc t ion Work And Other
Welfare Measures , Such As Canteens , Fi rs t -Aid
Faci l i t ies , Ambulance , Housing Accommodat ion For
Workers Near The Workplace Etc . The Employer To
Whom The Act Appl ies Has To Obtain A Regis t ra t ion
Cert if ica te From The Regis ter ing Officer Appointed
By The Government .
24. Safety
Provis ions The Contrac tor Shall At His Own Expense Arrange For
The Safe ty Provis ions Indica ted In Annexure `A’ Or
As Required By The Engineer , In Respect Of Al l
40
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Labour Direc t ly Or Indirec t ly Employed For
Performance Of The Works And Shal l Provide All
Faci l i t ies In Connection Therewith. In Case The
Contractor Fai ls To Make Arrangements And Provide
Necessary Faci l i t ies As Aforesa id, The Engineer Shal l
Be Enti t led To Do So And Recover The Costs Thereof
From The Contrac tor .
25. Provis ion Of
Firs t -Aid Box The Contrac tor Shal l , At His Own Cost , Provide And
Mainta in At The Si te Of Works A Standard Firs t Aid
Box As Direc ted And Approved By The Engineer For
The Use Of His Own As Well As The Corpora t ion`S
Staff On Si te .
26. Apprent ices The Contractor Shall Comply With The Provision Of The
Apprentice Act, 1961, And The Rules And Orders Issued There
Under From Time To Time. The Contractor Shall During The
Term Of This Agreement Maintain As A Part Of His
Organisation A System Of Apprenticeship For Training
Craftsmen As May Be Approved By The Engineer. The
Apprentices Are To Be Engaged And Trained In The Building
Craft/Trades. The Number Of Apprentices To Be Engaged Shall
Be Decided And Got Approved From The Office Of The Director
Of Technical Education And State Apprenticeship Advisor,
Maharashtra State, Dhobi Talao, Bombay –400 001. Failure On
The Part Of The Contractor To Observe The Stipulation Of This
Conditions Shall Be Deemed To Be Failure To Employ A
Sufficient Number Of Proper And Efficient Workmen And All
The Rights And Remedies Of The Commissioner Therein
Provided Including The Power To Determine The Contract Shall
Be Applicable In Such Case. The Contractor Shall Also Be
Liable For Any Pecuniary Liability Arising On Account Of Any
Violation By Him Of The Provisions Of The Act.
27. Personnel . The Contrac tor Shal l Employ The Key Personnel
Named In The Schedule Of Key Personnel (Annexure
‘B’) Or Other Personnel Approved By The Engineer To
Carry Out The Funct ions . The Engineer Wil l Approve
Any Proposed Replacement Of Key Personnel Only If
Their Qual if icat ions , Abi l i t ies And Relevant
Experience Are Substant ia l ly Equal To Or Bet ter Than
Those Of The Personnel Lis ted In The Schedule .
28. Temporary
Si te Off ice
For The
Engineer
(For Works
Cost ing Above
Rs. 50 Lacks
The Cont rac tor Sha l l At His Own Cost And To The
Sa t is fac t ion Of The Engineer , Provide A Si te Off ice Of
Not Less Than 25 Sq . Mtr . Wi th Br ick Wall s , P las te r ing
Ins ide , Rough Shahabad Floor ing And One Wri t ing Table
With Six Chai r s And Large Size Stee l Cupboard. He Sha l l
Also Make Necessary Arrangements For Dr inking Water
And Elect r i c Connect ion And Locking Arrangement .
41
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Only) Upon Comple t ion Of The Whole Work And Af te r Clear ing
The Si te And Upon Expi ry Of Defect Liab i l i ty Per iod, The
Cont rac tor Shal l Remove The Si te Off ice And Take
Possess ion Of The Furn i ture And Cupboards Provided By
Him In The Condi t ion It Was On The Date Of Rece iving
Back The Same.
29. Contractor’s
Off ice Near
Works
The Contrac tor Shal l Have An Off ice Near The Works
At Which Notice From The Engineer May Be Served
And Shal l , Between The Hours Of Sunrise And Sunset
On All Working Days, Have A Clerk Or Some Other
Organisa t ion Person Always Present At Such Off ice
Upon Whom Such Not ices May Be Served And Service
Of Any Not ices Lef t With Such Clerk Or Other
Organisa t ion Person Or At Such Off ice Shal l Be
Deemed Good Service Upon The Contrac tor .
30. Permiss ion
For Erec t ion
& Removal Of
Off ice On
Complet ion Of
Work
The Contrac tor Shal l Obta in Permiss ion For Erec t ion
Of Si te Off ice , Cement Godown, Store , Etc . On
Payment Of Necessary Charges As Demanded By The
Concerned Authori t ies As Per The Prevai l ing Rules .
The Cement Godown, Watchman Cabins , Etc . Shal l Be
Provided As Direc ted And Shal l Be Removed By The
Contractor On Comple t ion Of The Work At Their Cost .
31. Use Of
Munic ipa l
Land
(A)The Contrac tor Shal l Not Be Permitted To Enter On
(Other Than For Inspection Purposes) Or Take
Possess ion Of Si te Unt i l Ins t ruc ted To Do So By The
Engineer In Wri t ing.
The Portion Of The Site To Be Occupied By The Contractor Shall
Be Defined And/Or Marked On The Site Plan, Failing Which These
Shall Be Indicated By The Engineer. The Contractor Shall On No
Account Be Allowed To Extend His Operations Beyond These
Areas. The Use Of Such Portion Of The Site Shall Be Allowed Free
Of Any Lease Rent During Scheduled Time Period For The
Completion Of The Work. However At The Expiry Of The
Stipulated Period Of The Work, As May Be Extended From Time
To Time, Contractor Has To Pay Charges For These Facilities As
Per The Prevailing Rates Levied By The Corporation For Use Of
Public Utility Places.
The Contractor Will Be Allowed To Use The Land For The
Purpose Of Sheds, Offices Thereon For Themselves And For The
Engineer And His Subordinates And Shall Remove The Same From
The Ground On The Completion Of The Works, Or When Required
To Do So, By The Engineer After Receiving 7 Days Notice. He
Shall Make Good Any Damage Which May Have Been Done And
Restore To Good Condition Any Thing Which May Have Been
Disturbed During The Period Of His Occupation.
He Shall Not Use Or Allow To Be Used Any Such Ground, Sheds
Or Offices, Or Any Portion Of The Site Of The Works, For Any
42
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Other Purpose Than The Carrying Out Of Works Under This
Contract, Failing Which Charges Applicable Will Become Payable
In The Event Of There Being On Plot Or Ground Or Insufficiency
Of Ground Belonging To The Corporation Available For The Above
Purpose, The Contractor Shall Provide Other Such Ground At His
Own Cost.
The Contractor Shall In Any Case Pay All Taxes Which May Have
To Be Paid In Respect Of All Ground, Sheds Or Offices Used As
Above, And All The License Fees, Etc., That May Be Demanded
For The Storage Or Otherwise Of The Various Articles As Per Rules
In Force.
The Contractor Shall Provide, If Necessary Or If Required On The
Site All Temporary Accesses Thereto And Shall Alter, Adopt And
Maintain The Same As Required From Time To Time And Shall
Take Up And Clear Them Away As And When No Longer Required
And Make Good All Damage Done To The Site.
The Contractor Has Also Be Allowed At The Sole Discretion Of
The Corporation To Stack Material Required For Execution Of
Work In Corporation Land Out Of The Project Area On Payment Of
Necessary Charges As Per Corporation Rules For Use Of Roads
Public Utility Places.
32. Water Supply
For
Corpora t ion
Work
The Water Wil l Not Be Suppl ied By The Corpora tion.
The Contrac tor Has To Make His Own Arrangements
For Supply Of Water . However On Avai labi l i ty Of
Water I t Can Be Suppl ied At The Organisa t ion
Corpora t ion Rate And Terms And Condi t ions .
33.
Elect r ic
Supply No Power Connect ion Shal l Be Provided. The
Contractor Shal l Make At His Own Cost His Own
Arrangement For Power Connect ion, I f Required.
34. Contractor To
Protec t The
Work
The Contrac tor Shal l Make His Own Arrangements For
Protec t ing The Work / Protec t ion Ageis t Obstruc t ions
From Any Ant i -Socia l Elements By Taking At His /
Their Cost Pol ice Protec t ion Or Such Other Legal
Methods Through Law Enforc ing Authori t ies And That
The Corpora t ion Shal l Not Be Liable To Compensate
The Contrac tor On This Account . The Corpora t ion
Would Only Forward The Appl ica t ion Of The
Contractor To The Pol ice Deptt . Without Any Liabi l i ty
Against The Corpora t ion On This Account .
35. Fencing,
Watching And
Light ing
The Contrac tor Shal l Provide And Mainta in At His
Own Expense All Lights , Guards , Fencing And
Watching When And Where Necessary Or As Required
By The Engineer For The Protec t ion Of The Safe ty
43
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
And Convenience Of Those Employed On The Works
Or The Publ ic . In The Event Of Fai lure On The Part Of
The Contrac tor , The Engineer May With Or Without
Not ice To The Contrac tor Put Up A Fence Or Improve
A Fence Already Put Up Or Provide And/Or Improve
The Light ing Or Adopt Such Other Measures As He
May Deem Necessary, And All The Cost Of Such
Procedures As May Be Adopted By The Engineer Shal l
Be Borne By The Contrac tor . In Addi t ion The Engineer
May Impose Such Fines Or Penal ty As The Engineer
May Deem Reasonable , Under Clause No. 53.
36. Contractor’s
Liabi l i t ies
& Insurance
(Car Pol icy)
From Commencement To Comple t ion Of The Works,
The Contractor Shall Take Ful l Responsibi l i ty For The
Care Thereof And For Taking Precautions To Prevent
Loss Or Damage And To Minimize The Loss Or
Damage To The Greates t Extent Possible And Shal l Be
Liable For Any Damage Or Loss That May Happen To
The Works Or Any Part Thereof .
The Pol icy So Obta ined Shal l Cover Ent i re Period Of
Construc t ion (Inc luding All Extensions) And Also
Shal l Cover The Defects Liabi l i ty Per iod. The Pol icy
Shal l Be For The Tota l Contract Sum.
Before Commencing Execut ion Of The Work, The
Contractors Shal l Without In Any Way Limit ing His
Obl iga t ions And Responsibil i t ies Under This
Condi t ion, Insure Against Any Damage Loss Or Injury
Which May Occur To Any Property (Priva te ,
Government And/Or Corpora t ion) Or To Any Person
(Inc luding Any Employee Of The Corpora t ion) By Or
Aris ing Out Of The Contract .
Al l Insurances (Car Pol icy) To Be Affec ted By The
Contractors And/Or His Sub-Contrac tors Shal l Be
Taken Out With Direc tora te Of Insurance ,
Maharashtra State Only. In Case, However, A
Part icular Aspect Is Not Covered Under The Pol icy To
Be Obta ined From The Direc torate Of Insurance ,
Maharashtra Sta te , The Contrac tor Wil l Be Allowed To
Have Such Insurance From Other Insurance Company
With The Prior Permiss ion Of The Commissioner .
I f The Contrac tor Has A Blanket Insurance Pol icy For
Al l His Works And The Pol icy Covers Al l The I tems
To Be Insured Under This Condit ion, The Said Pol icy
Shal l Be Assigned By The Contrac tor , In Favour Of
The Corpora t ion; Provided, However, I f Any Amount
Is Payable Under The Pol icy By The Insurers In
44
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Respect Of Works Other Than The Works Under This
Contract , The Same May Be Recovered By The
Contractor Direc t ly From The Insurers . The Amount Of
Cla im To The Extent Payment Made By Corpora t ion
Shal l Be Direct ly Reimbursed To Corpora t ion By
Insurer .
PROVIDED Always That The Contrac tor Shal l Not
Be Ent i t led To Payment Under The Above Provis ions
In Respect Of Such Loss Or Damage As Have Been
Occasioned By Any Fai lure On His Part To Perform
His Obl iga t ions Under The Contrac t Or Not Taking
Precaut ions To Prevent Loss Or Damage Or Minimize
The Amount Of Such Loss Or Damage.
Where A Corpora t ion`S Bui lding Or Part Thereof Is
Rented By The Contrac tor Or Is Al lowed To Be Used
By Him, He Shal l Insure The Ent i re Bui lding If The
Bui lding Or Any Part Thereof Is Used By Him For The
Purpose Of Storing Or Using Materials Of Combust ible
Nature As To Which The Decision Of The Engineer
Shal l Be Final And Binding.
The Contractor Shall Indemnify And Keep Indemnified The
Corporation Against All Losses And Claims For Injuries Or Damage
To Any Person Or Any Property Whatsoever Which May Arise Out
Of Or In Consequence Of The Construction And Maintenance Of
The Work And Against All Claims, Demands, Proceedings,
Damages, Costs, Charges And Expenses Whatsoever In Respect Of
Or In Relation Thereto.
PROVIDED Always That Nothing Herein Contained Shall Be
Deemed To Render The Contractor Liable For Or In Respect Of Or
To The Corporation Against Any Compensation Or Damage Caused
By The Excepted Risks.
The Contractor Shall At All Times Indemnify The Corporation
Against All Claims, Damages Or Compensation Under The
Provisions Of Payment Of Wages Act 1936, Minimum Wages
Act 1948, Employers Liability Act 1938, The Workmen’s
Compensation Act 1923, Industrial Dispute Act 1947, Indian
Factories Act 1948 And Maternity Benefit Act, 1961 Or Any
Modifications Thereof And Rules Made There Under From Time To
Time Or As A Consequence Or Any Accident Or Injury To Any
Workman Or Other Persons In Or About The Works, Whether In
The Employment Of The Contractor Or Not, Save And Except
Where Such Accident Or Injury Have Resulted From Any Act Of
The Corporation, Their Agents Or Servants, And Also Against All
Cost, Charges And Expenses Of Any Suit, Action Or Proceedings
Arising Out Of Such Accident Or Injury And Against All Sum Or
Sums Which May With The Consent Of The Contractor Be Paid To
45
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Compromise Or Compound Any Such Claim Without Limiting His
Obligations And Liabilities As Above Provided. The Contractor
Shall Insure Against All Claims Damages Or Compensation Payable
Under The Various Acts Mentioned Above Or Any Modifications
Thereof Or Any Other Law Relating Thereto.
The Aforesaid Insurance Policies Shall Provide That They Shall Not
Be Canceled Till The Commissioner Has Agreed To Their
Cancellations.
The Contractor Shall Prove To The Engineer From Time To Time
That He Has Taken Out All The Insurance Policies Referred To
Above And Has Paid The Necessary Premia For Keeping The
Policies Alive Till The Expiry Of The Defects Liability Period After
Completion Of Work For A Period Of Not Exceeding 12 Months As
Per Directives Of Directorate Of Insurance, Maharashtra State.
The Contractor Shall Ensure That Similar Insurance Policies Are
Taken Out By His Sub Contractors(If Any) And Shall Be
Responsible For Any Claims Or Losses To The Corporation
Resulting From Their Failure To Obtain Adequate Insurance
Protection In Connection Thereof. The Contractor Shall Produce Or
Cause To Be Produced By His Sub-Contractor (If Any) As The Case
May Be, The Relevant Policy Or Policies And Premium Receipts As
And When Required By The Engineer.
I f The Contrac tor And/Or His Sub-Contractors (If
Any) Shal l Fa i l To Effec t And Keep In Force The
Insurance Referred Above For Any Other Insurance
Which He/They May Require To Effec t Under The
Terms Of Contrac t Then And In Any Such Case The
Commissioner May Without Being Bound To Effect
And Keep In Force Any Such Insurance And Pay
Premium Or Premia As May Be Necessary For That
Purpose And From Time To Time Deduct The Amount
So Paid By The Corpora t ion Plus 20 Per Cent Of
Premium Or Premia Amount As Service Charges From
Any Money Due Or Which May Become Due To The
Contractor Or Recover The Same As Debt From The
Contractor .
37. Contractor To
Preserve
Peace
The Contrac tor Shal l At All Times During The
Progress Of The Work Take All Requis i te Precaut ion
And Use His Best Endeavors For Prevent ing Any
Riotous Or Unlawful Behavior By Or Amongst The
Workers And Other Employed On The Works And For
The Preservat ion Of Peace And Protect ion Of The
Inhabi tants And Securi ty Of Property In The
Neighborhood Of The Works. He Shal l Also Pay The
Charges Of Such Special Pol ice (If Any) As The
46
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Engineer May Deem Necessary.
38. Protec t ion Of
Trees
Trees Designated By The Engineer Shal l Be Protec ted
From Damage During The Course Of The Work And
Earth Level Within One Metre Of Each Such
Tree Shal l Not Be Changed. Where Necessary, Such
Trees Shal l Be Protected By Temporary Fencing. Al l
Such Cost Shal l Be Borne By The Contrac tor .
39. Maintenance
Of Under-
Ground Uti l i ty
Services
Al l The Underground Uti l i ty Services Such As Water
Pipes , Gas Pipes , Dra ins , Sewers , Cables Etc . , Which
May Be Met Up In Or About Any Excavat ion, Shal l I f
The Engineer Deem It Prac t icable , Be Properly
Mainta ined And Protected By The Contrac tor Himself
Or Through Other Agency By Means Of Shoring,
Strut t ing, Planking Over, Padding Or Otherwise As
Direc ted By The Engineer During The Progress Of The
Work Without Claiming Any Extra Charges . Any
Damage To These Underground Uti l i ty Services Shal l
Be Immedia te ly Remedied By The Contrac tor Or By
Other Agency At His Own Cost , Fa il ing Which The
Engineer May With Or Without Not ice Adopt Such
Measures As He May Deem Necessary At The Risk
And Cost Of The Contrac tor .
I f On The Other Hand, The Engineer Considers I t
Impract icable For The Contrac tor To Mainta in Any
Such Underground Uti l i ty Services And That The
Exigencies Of The Work Necessi tate , The Breaking
Down, Removal Or Divers ion Of The Said Ut i l i ty
Services , The Cost Of Such Breaking Down, Removal
Or Divers ion Inc luding That Of Rebui lding, Replac ing,
Divert ing And Reinsta t ing Of Any Such Uti l i ty
Services Shal l Be Paid To The Contractor If Done By
Him. However, The Cost Of Providing Pumps, Chutes
Or Other Appl iances As The Engineer May Direc t For
The Rais ing Or Temporary Passage Of The Water Or
Sewage And The Cost Of Pumping Out Or Removing
As Of ten As The Engineer May Direc t , Any Water Or
Sewage Which May Escape From Any Such
Underground Uti l i ty Services , Shal l Be Borne By The
Contractor .
The Tenderer Shal l Contac t Al l The Publ ic Bodies ,
Etc . To Know The Under-Ground Services That May
Be Encountered By Him / Them During The Execution
Of The Work And Account For The Consequences Of
The Si te Restra ints While Submit t ing Their Tenders .
No Compensat ion / Cost Shal l Be Payable On Account
47
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Of Any Under-Ground Services Which Obstruc ts The
Work And Cause Delay.
40. Precaut ions
For Works In
Thorough-
Fares
While The Execution Of Any Work Is In Progress In
Any Stree t Or Thoroughfare The Contrac tor At His
Own Cost Shal l Make Adequate Provis ion For The
Passage Of Traff ic , For Securing Safe Access To All
Premises Approached From Such Stree t Or
Thoroughfare , And For Any Drainage , Water
Supply, Or Means Of Light ing Or Any Other Ut i l i ty
Service Which May Be Interrupted By Reason Of
Execution Of The Work. Whenever I t May Be
Necessary To Stop The Traf f ic In Any Stree t Or
Thoroughfare Permiss ion Must Firs t Be Obta ined From
The Engineer And The Contractor Shal l Then Put Up
Such Barr iers And Adopt Such Other Measures Or
Take Precaut ions As May Be Necessary Or As The
Engineer May Direc t For Regula t ion Of Traff ic . The
Work Shal l In Such Cases Be Executed Night And Day
Or For As Long A Period As Prac t icable If So Ordered
By The Engineer , And With Such Speed & Vigour As
He May Require , So That The Traff ic May Be Impeded
For As Short A Time As Possible . The Contrac tor
Shal l Remove The Barr iers As Soon As The Necessi ty
For Them Has Ceased. Care Shal l Be Taken By The
Contractor To Cause The Least Possible Obstruct ion
To Traff ic During The Progress Of The Work.
41. Traff ic The Contrac tor Shal l Have To Make All Necessary
Arrangements For Regula t ing Traff ic Day And Night
During The Period Of Construc t ion And To The Ent i re
Sat isfact ion Of The Engineer .
This Inc ludes The Construc t ion And Maintenance Of
Divers ions , I f Necessary, At No Extra Cost To The
Corpora t ion. The Contrac tor Shal l Provide Necessary
Caut ion Boards , Barr icades , Flags And Lights ,
Watchmen Etc . So As To Comply With The Lates t
Motor Vehicle Rules And Regula t ions And For Traf f ic
Safety. The Contrac tor Shal l Be Responsible For Al l
Cla ims For The Accidents Which May Arise Due To
His Negl igence Whether In Regula t ing Traff ic Or In
Stacking Materials On The Road Or By Any Other
Reason.
42. Pumping Out
Water The Contrac tor Wil l Be Required To Provide And
Opera te At His Own Cost Al l Pumps, Engines And
Machinery Requis i te To Keep The Trenches For The
Sewer, Dra ins Or Foundat ions And All Other
48
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Excavat ions Clear Of Water Whether Subsoi l Water ,
Storm Waste Or Leakage From Tanks, Wel ls , Drains ,
Sewers , Water-Mains , Tide Water Etc . So That There
May Be No Accumula t ion Of Such Water And No
Set t ing Out May Be Done, No Masonry May Be Laid,
No Concrete Deposi ted, No Joints Made And No
Measurements Taken In Water . The Pumping Shal l Be
Cont inued So Long Af ter The Execut ion Of Any
Port ion Of The Work As The Engineer May Consider
Necessary For The Work To Set . For The Purpose Of
Keeping The Excavat ions As Dry As Possible The
Work Would, I f Necessary Be Divided Into Sect ions
Or Separa te Port ions As Per Best Engineering
Prac t ices And Temporary Dams Will Have To Be Put
Up By The Contractor , Sumps For The Suct ion Pipes
To Work In , Wil l Have To Be Excavated By The
Contractor At Such Dis tances Apart And To Such
Depths As The As Per Best Engineering Prac t ices .
When The Work Progresses Other Sumps Must , From
Time To Time, Be Excavated By The Contrac tor ,
Disused Sumps Being Fi l led Up By Him With Dry
Rubble Careful ly Hand Packed To The Sat isfact ion Of
The Engineer . The Contractor Wil l Not Be Paid Extra
For Any Temporary Dams Or Sumps Or Their Removal
Or Refi l l ing Nor Wil l Such Works Be Taken Into
Measurement In Any Way, Unless Otherwise Provided.
The Contrac tor Shall Not Al low Any Accumula t ion Of
Water Ei ther From The Discharge Of His Dewatering
Pumps Or His Water Connections On Si te Of His
Work. The Contractor Shal l Make Proper Provis ion For
Leading The Pumped Discharge To The Nearest Water
Entrance , Storm Water Dra in, Manholes , Or Water
Course By Means Of A Wooden Or G.I . Channel Or
Hose Pipe . Under No Circumstances The Discharge
Wil l Be Allowed To Flow, Along A Paved Surface . If
An Accumula t ion Is Unavoidable , I t Shal l Be Trea ted
With Insec t ic ides To The Sat isfac t ion Of The
Engineer . In Case Of Fai lure To Do This On The Part
Of Contrac tor Such Accumula t ion Shall Be Treated By
The Corpora t ion At The Risk And Cost Of The
Contractor .
The Contrac tors Should Note That Under No
Circumstances Any Payment For Pumping Out Water
Finding I ts Way Into Trenches , Hi l l Cut t ing,
Excavated Pi ts , Works Si te Etc . From Whatever
Sources Will Be Permiss ible Unless Otherwise
Specif ica l ly Ment ioned In The Tender .
49
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
43. Storage Of
Explosives
The Contrac tor Shal l Obta in The Previous Permiss ion
Of The Competent Authori ty Such As The Chief Of
Fire Services For The Si te , Manner And Method Of
Storing Explosives Near The Si te Of Work. Al l
Handl ing Of Explosives , Inc luding Storage , Transport
Shal l Be Carr ied Out Under The Rules Approved By
The “Explosives Department Of The Government” .
44. Faci l i t ies To
The Other
Cont rac tors
The Contrac tor Shal l , In Accordance With The
Requirements Of The Engineer , Afford All
Reasonable Faci l i t ies To Other Contrac tors Engaged
Contemporaneously On Separa te Contrac ts In
Connect ion With The Works And For Departmental
Labour And Labour Of Any Other
Properly Organisa t ion Authori ty Or Sta tutory Body
Which May Be Employed At The Si te On Execut ion Of
Any Work Not Inc luded In The Contrac t Or Of Any
Contract Which The Corpora t ion May Enter Into In
Connect ion With Or Anci l la ry To The Works.
45. Prevent ion Of
Mosqui to
Breeding At
Construc t ion
Si te
(I)The Contrac tor Shal l On The Respect ive
Construc t ion Si te Ins ta l l Mosquito Proof And
Accessible Water Storage Tanks Or To Cover / Protec t
The Present Water Storage Tanks Properly.
( I i ) The Contrac tor Shal l Periodical ly Give
Larvaecidal Treatment To Water Storage Tanks, Si tes
Of Water Stagnat ion, Water Col lec t ion.
( I i i ) Any Expendi ture That May Be Incurred By The
Corpora t ion To Ensure That The Above Condi t ions Are
Fulf i l led By The Contractor Will Be Debitable To
Contractors Account And Will Be Recovered From The
Bi l ls Of The Contrac tor From Time To Time.
46. Sani ta t ion
The Contrac tor Shal l , At His Own Cost , Make All
Necessary Provis ions For Heal th And Safe ty Of His
Labour / Employees. He Shal l , When Required By The
Engineer , Provide Proper Latr ines And Urinals To The
Sat isfact ion Of The Engineer In Such Numbers And In
Such Local i t ies As He May Require , And Shal l Take
All Steps Necessary To Compel His Labour /
Employees To Resort To Such Latr ines And Urinals ,
And Shal l Dismiss From His Employment And Remove
From The Works Any One Detec ted Obeying The Cal ls
Of Nature In Any Place Other Than The Conveniences
Al lot ted For Such Purposes . The Said Latr ines Shal l
Be Under The Superintendence And Orders Of The
Engineer Or His Subordinates .
47. Not To Allow
Huts The Contrac tor Shall , On No Account , Al low Any Huts
To Be Erected On Corpora t ion Property Unless
50
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Otherwise Permit ted By The Engineer In Wri t ing, To
Be Inhabi ted Af ter Sunset By Anyone Except The
Watchmen Required For The Works, And None Of His
Employees , Except Such Watchmen As Aforesaid,
Shal l Sleep At Night On Any Part Of The Works. In
Case Of Any Offence Committed By Any Of The
Labour Or Employees Of The Contrac tor Against Any
Of The Provis ions Of This Condi t ion The Contrac tor
Shal l Be Liable To A Penal ty Not Exceeding Rupees
Hundered For Every Such Offense And The Same Shall
Be Charged To The Account Of The Contrac tor .
48. Treasure
Trove Fossi ls
Etc .
Al l Fossi ls , Coins , Art ic les Of Value Or Ant iqui ty And
Struc tura l And Other Remains Things Of Geological
Or Archaeologica l Interes t Discovered In Or Upon The
Si te Shal l Be Absolute Property Of The Corpora t ion
And The Contractor Shal l Duly Preserve Them And
Shal l Take Precautions To Prevent His Workmen Or
Any Other Person From Removing Or Damaging Any
Such Art ic les Or Thing And Shal l Immedia tely Upon
Discovery Thereof And Before Removal Acquaint The
Engineer With Such Discovery And Shal l From Time
To Time Del iver The Same To Such Person Or Persons
As The Engineer May From Time To Time Appoint To
Receive The Same At The Expense Of The
Corpora t ion.
49. Patent’ Right
And
Royal t ies
The Contrac tor Shal l Save Harmless And Indemnify
The Corpora tion From And Against Al l Cla ims And
Proceedings For Or On Account Of Inf r ingement Of
Any Patent Rights , Design Trademark Or Name Of
Other Protec ted Rights In Respect Of Any
Construc t ional Plant , Machine Work, Or Materia l Used
For Or In Connection With The Works Or Any Of
Them And From And Against Al l Cla ims, Proceedings ,
Damages, Costs , Charges And
Expenses Whatsoever In Respect Thereof Or In
Rela t ion Thereto. Except Where Otherwise Specif ied,
The Contrac tor Shal l Pay All Tonnage And Other
Royal t ies , Rent And Other Payments Or Compensat ion,
I f Any, For Get t ing Stone , Sand, Gravel , Clay Or
Other Materia ls Required For The Works Or Any Of
Them.
50. Quarry I )Quarry For Extrac t ion Of Murum, Stone , Rubble Or
Any Other Materia l Shal l Not Be Made Avai lable By
The Corpora t ion The Contrac tor Has To Make His Own
Arrangements For Quarry At His Cost .
51
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
I i )The Successful Tenderer Shal l Submit Quarry
Permit From The Competent Authori ty Before Star t ing
The Work
.
51. Photographs
Of The Works
No Photographs Of The Work Or Any Part There Of
Or Equipment Employed Thereon Shall Be Taken Or
Permit ted By The Contrac tor To Be Taken By Any Of
His Employees Or Any Employees Of His Sub-
Contractor Without The Prior Approval Of The
Engineer In Wri t ing And No Such Photographs Shal l
Be Publ ished Or Otherwise Circula ted Without The
Approval Of The Engineer In Wri t ing.
52. Notices To
Local Bodies
(I)The Contractor Shal l Comply With And Give All
Not ices Required Under Any Government Authori ty,
Ins t rument , Rule Or Order Made Under Any Act Of
Parl iament , State Laws Or Any Regula t ion Or Bye-
Laws Of Any Local Authori t ies Or Publ ic Ut i l i t ies
Concern Relat ing To Works. He Shal l Before Making
Any Varia t ion From The Contrac t Drawings
Necessi ta ted By Such Compliance Give To The
Engineer A Not ice Giving Reasons For The Proposed
Varia t ion And Obta ined Engineer’s Ins t ruc t ions
Thereon.
(I i ) The Contrac tor Shal l Pay And Indemnify The
Corpora t ion Against Any Liabi l i ty In Respect Of Any
Fees Or Charges Payable Under Any Act Of
Parl iament , Sta te Laws Or Any Governmenta l
Ins t rument , Rule Or Order Any Regula t ions Or Bye-
Laws Of Any Local Authori ty Or Publ ic Ut i l i ty
Concern In Respect Of The Works.
53. Notices Subject As Otherwise Provided In This Contract All Notice To Be
Given On Behalf Of The Corporation And All Other Actions To
Be Taken On Its Behalf May Be Given Or Taken By The Engineer
Or Any Officer For The Time Being Entrusted With The Functions,
Duties And Powers Of The Engineer.
All Instructions, Notices And Communications Etc. Under The
Contract Shall Be Given In Writing And If Sent By Registered Post
To The Last Known Place Or Abode Or Business Of The Contractor
Shall Be Deemed To Have Been Served On The Date When In The
Ordinary Course Of Post These Would Have Been Served On Or
Delivered To Him.
54. Use Of B.I .S.
Specif ica t ions In Case Where No Part icular Specif ica t ion Is Given
For Any Art ic le To Be Used Under The Contrac t , The
Relevant Specif ica tion, Where One B.I .S. Exis ts , Of
The Beauro Of Indian Standards Shal l Apply.
52
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
PART – III
WORK PROCEDURE
55. Possess ion Of
Si te And
Access
There to.
The Corpora tion Wil l , With The Engineer’s Not ice To
Commence The Works, Give To The Contractor
Possess ion Of The Si te .
Such Access , As Is In Accordance With The Contrac t ,
Is To Be Provided By The Corpora t ion As May Be
Required To Enable The Contrac tor To Commence And
Proceed With The Execut ion Of The Works In
Accordance With The Programme Referred To In
Clause 86 If Any, And Otherwise In Accordance With
Such Reasonable Proposals As The Contrac tor Shal l ,
By Not ice To The Engineer Make.
The Corpora t ion Wil l , From Time To Time As The
Works Proceed, Give To The Contrac tor Possess ion Of
Such Further Port ions Of The Si te As May Be
Required To Enable The Contrac tor To Proceed With
The Execution Of The Works With Due Dispatch In
Accordance With Such Programme Or Proposals , As
The Case May Be.
56. Fai lure To
Give
Possess ion
The Contractor Should Note That The Si te For Work
May Be Made Avai lable By The Corpora t ion In Ful l Or
In Part And That The Contrac tor Shal l Plan His Works
To Commensurate With The Handing Over The Si te .
No Cla im Of Compensat ion On Account Of Delay In
Making Avai lable The Si te Shal l Be Payable To The
Contractor . However, Time Extension For Comple t ing
The Work Shal l Be Given To The Contrac tor In Case
Of Such Delay.
57. Unforeseeable
Physica l
Obstruc t ions
Or Condi t ions
If , However, During The Execution Of The Works The
Contractor Encounters Physica l Obstruc t ions Or
Physica l Condit ions, Other Than Cl imat ic Condit ions
On The Si te , Which Obstruc t ions Or Condi t ions Were ,
In His Opinion, Not Foreseeable By An Experienced
Contractor , The Contractor Shal l Forthwith Give
Not ice Thereof To The Engineer . On Receipt Of Such
Not ice , The Engineer Shal l , If In His Opinion Such
Obstruc t ions Or Condi t ions Could Not Have Been
Reasonably Foreseen By An Experienced Contrac tor ,
Af ter Due Consul ta t ion With The Contractor ,
Determine:
Any Extension Of Time To Which The Contrac tor Is
Ent i t led Under Clause 80.
58. Drawings:
Custody Of
Drawings
The Drawings Shal l Remain In The Sole Custody Of
Engineer , But Two Copies Thereof’ Shal l Be Furnished
To The Contrac tor Free Of Charge . The Contractor
53
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Shal l Provide And Make At His Own Expense Any
Further Copies Required By Him. At The Comple tion
Of The Contrac t , The Contrac tor Shal l Return To The
Engineer Al l Drawings Provided Under The Contrac t .
59. One Copy Of
Drawing To
Be Kept On
Si te .
One Copy Of The Drawings, Furnished To The
Contractors As Aforesa id, Shal l Be Kept By The
Contractor On The Si te And The Same Shall At
Al l Reasonable Times Be Avai lable For Inspect ion
And Use By The Engineer And The Engineer’s
Representa t ive And By Any Other Persons
Organisa t ion By The Engineer In Wri t ing.
60. Discrepancies
In Drawings
Or
Specif ica t ions
The Drawings And Specif ica t ions Are To Be
Considered As Mutual ly Explanatory Of Each Other ,
Deta iled Drawings Being Fol lowed In Preference To
Smal l Scale Drawings And Figured Dimensions In
Preference To Scale And Specia l Condi t ions In
Preference To Genera l Condit ions . Special Condi t ions
Or Dimensions Given In The Specif ica tions Shal l
Supersede All Else . Should Any Discrepancies ,
However Appear , Or Should Any Misunders tanding
Arise As To The Meaning And Import Of The Said
Specif ica t ions Or Drawings, Or As To Meaning And
As To The To The Dimensions Or The Qual i ty Of The
Materia ls Or The Due And Proper Execution Of The
Works, Or As To The Measurement Or Qual i ty And
Valuation Of The Works Executed Under This
Contract , Or As Extra Thereupon The Same Shal l Be
Expla ined By The Engineer Be Binding Upon The
Contractor And Contrac tor Shal l Be Execute The Work
According Such Explanat ion (Subjec t As Aforesa id)
And Without Extra Charge Or Deduct ion To Or From
The Contrac t And Shal l Also Do All Such Work And
Things As May Be © For The Proper Comple t ion Of
Works As Impl ied By The Drawings And
Specif ica t ions , Even Though Such Works And Things
Are Not Specif ically Shown And Described In The
Said Drawings And Specif ica t ions . The Final Decision
Of The Commissioner In Case A Reference Be Made
To Him Under Clause No. 89 Be Binding Upon The
Contractor And Contrac tor Shall Execute The Works
According To Such Explanat ion ( Subjec t To Aforesaid
) And Shal l Also Do All Such Works And Required
Things As May Be Necessary For The Proper
Complet ion Of Works As Impl ied By The Drawings
And Specif ica tions , Even Though Such Works And
Things Are Not Specif ica l ly Shown And Described In
The Said Drawings And Specif ica t ions .
54
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
61. Engineer To
Have Power
To Issue
Further
Drawings Or
Inst ruc t ions
The Engineer Shal l Have The Power And Authori ty
From Time To Time And At Al l Times To Make And
Issue Such Further Drawings And To Give Such
Further Ins t ruc t ions And Direc t ions As May Appear To
Him Necessary Or Proper For The Guidance Of The
Contractor And The Good And Suff ic ient
Execution Of The Works According To Terms Of The
Specif ica t ions And Contractor Shal l Receive , Execute
Obey And Be Bound By The Same, According To The
True Intent And Meaning Thereof , As Ful ly And
Effec tual ly As Though The Same Had Accompanied Or
Had Been Ment ioned Or Referred To In The
Specif ica t ion. The Engineer May Also Alter Or Vary
The Levels Or Posi t ion Of Any Works Contempla ted
By The Specif icat ions , Or May Order Any Of The
Works Contempla ted Thereby To Be Omit ted, With Or
Without The Subst i tut ion Of Any Other Works In Lieu
Thereof , Or May Order Any Work Or Any Port ion Of
Work Executed Or Part ial ly Executed, To Be Removed,
Changed Or Al tered, And If Needful , May Order That
Other Works Shal l Be Subst i tuted Instead Thereof And
Dif ference Of Expense Occasioned By Any Such
Diminut ion Or Al tera t ion So Ordered And Direc ted
Shal l Be Added To Or Deducted From The Amount Of
This Contrac t As Provided Under The Clause No. 101
And 102.
No Work Which Radical ly Changes The Origina l
Nature Of The Contrac t Shal l Be Ordered By The
Engineer And In The Event Of Any Devia t ion Being
Ordered Which In The Opinion Of The Contrac tor
Changes The Origina l Nature Of Contrac t He Shal l
Neverthe less Carry I t Out And Disagreement As To
The Nature Of The Work And The Rate To Be Paid
Therefore Shal l Be Resolved In Accordance With
Clause No.114.
The Time For Comple t ion Of The Works, Shal l In The
Event Of Any Devia t ions Result ing In Addi t ional Cost
Over The Contrac t Sum Being Ordered, Be Extended
Or Reduced Reasonably By The Engineer . The
Engineer’s Decis ion In This Case Shal l Be Final .
62. Levels
Al l Levels Referred To In Connect ion With These
Works Are Based On Great Trigonometr ic Survey
(G.T.S. ) Levels . The Contrac tor Should Also Keep The
Level ing Inst rument In Good Working Condi t ion
Through Out The Period Of Construc t ion Work On
Si te .
63. Set t ing Out The Engineer Shall Supply Dimensioned Drawings,
55
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
The Work. Levels And Other Informat ion Necessary To Enable
The Contrac tor To Set Out The Works. The Contrac tor
Shal l Provide Al l Se t t ing Out Appara tus At His Own
Cost , Such As Level ing Inst ruments In Good Working
Condi t ion And Appl iances , All Pegs , Ranging Rods,
Long Measuring Rods, Marked Metres And
Organisa t ion And Each Metre And Organisa t ion
Numbered, Pots And Sight-Rai ls , Boning Rods,
Moulds , Templa tes , Etc . Together With Any
Reasonable Number Of Labourers That May Be
Reuired And Set Out The Work And Be Responsible
For The Accuracy Of The Same. The Contrac tor Shal l
Amend At His Own Cost And To The Sat isfact ion Of
The Engineer Any Error Found At Any Stage Which
May Arise Through Inaccura te Sett ing Out . The
Contractor Shal l Protec t And Preserve Al l Bench
Marks Used In Set t ing Out The Work Ti l l The End Of
Defects Liabi l i ty Period Unless The Engineer Direc ts
I ts Early Removal . The Contrac tor Should Also Keep
Level ing Inst rument In Good Working Condi t ion
Throughout The Per iod Of Construc t ion Work On Si te .
64. Works Closed
Between
Sunset And
Sunrise Or On
Sundays And
Hol idays
No Work Shal l Be Done Between Sunset And Sunrise
Or On Sunday Or Munic ipa l Hol idays And Except With
The Specia l Sanct ion Of The Engineer In Wri t ing
Previously Obta ined And The Withholding Of Such
Sanct ions Shal l Be No Ground Of Compla int On The
Part Of Contractor Or Cause For Compensat ion To
Him, Or Excuse For Not Comple t ing The Work Within
The Contrac t Period. The Period Within Which The
Work Has To Be Carr ied Out And Comple ted Has Been
Fixed In Terms Of This Clause With The Provis ion
That The Tota l Number Of Hours Of Work Permiss ible
Shal l Not Exceed 48 Hours In A Week And In No Case
More Than 8 Hours On Any Working Day, The Actual
Time Within Which The Said Hours Shal l Be Worked
Being Subjec t To Mutual Arrangements With The
Contractor At The Commencement Of The Works Or
From Time To Time As May Be Required And
Provided That Al l Works Shal l Be Stopped For Rest
And Meals For One Hour At About Mid-Day Exclusive
Of The Permiss ible Hours Aforesa id For The Works.
Though Sanct ion May Be Accorded To The Contrac tor
To Work On Days And At Times Otherwise Normal ly
Non-Permiss ible Under This Contrac t , The Contractor
Shal l Be Required To Bear The Cost For Such
Supervis ion As In The Opinion Of The Engineer May
Be Necessary At These Times.
56
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
I t Should Be Dis t inc t ly Unders tood That The Granting
Of Permiss ion To Work Extra Hours Or To Work On
Sundays And Hol idays Wil l Be Enti re ly At The
Discre t ion Of The Engineer And Cannot Be Cla imed
By The Contrac tor As A Matter Of Right .
I f On The Other Hand The Engineer Requires That The
Work Shal l Be Proceeded With On Days And At Times
Otherwise Normally Non-Permiss ible Under This
Contract The Contrac tor Shal l Proceed With The Work
But He Will Not Be Required In Such Cases To Bear
The Cost Of The Munic ipa l Establishment Employed
At The Time.
The Contrac tor At Al l Times During The Cont inuance
Of This Contract Shal l In Al l His Deal ings With Local
Labour For The Time Being Employed On The Works
Contempla ted By This Contract Have Due Regard To
All Local Fest iva ls And Rel igious Or Other
Customs And All Disputes , Mat ters And Quest ions
Aris ing Between The Contrac tor And Any Of His
Agent On The One Hand And Any Local Labour On
The Other Hand With Respect To Any Matter Or Thing
In Any Way Connected With This Contrac t Shall Be
Decided By The Commissioner Whose Decision Shal l
Be Final And Binding On All Part ies .
65. Work To Be
In Accordance
With Contract .
The Contractor Shall Execute And Complete The Works And
Remedy Any Defects Therein In Strict Accordance With The
Contract To The Satisfaction Of The Engineer.
66. Duties And
Powers Of
The
Engineer’s
Representa t ive
The Duties Of The Representative Of The Engineer Are To Check,
Watch And Supervise Work And To Test And Examine Any
Material To Be Used Or Workmanship Employed In Connection
With The Works. He Shall Have No Authority To Relieve The
Contractor Of Any Of His Duties Or Obligations Under The
Contract Nor To Except As Expressly Provided Here Under Or
Elsewhere In The Contract To Order Any Work Involving Delay Or
Any Extra Payment By The Corporation Or To Make Any Variation
Of Or In The Works.
Fa i lure Of The Representa t ive Of The Engineer To
Disapprove Any Work Or Materia l Shall Not Pre judice
The Power Of The Engineer Thereaf ter To Disapprove
Such Work Or Material And To Order The Pul l ing
Down, Removal Or Breaking Up Thereof .
I f The Contractor Shal l Be Dissat isf ied With Any
Decision Of The Representa t ive Of The
Engineer He Shal l Be Ent i t led To Refer The
Mat ter To The Engineer Who Shal l Thereupon
57
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Conf i rm, Reverse Or Very Such Decis ion.
67. Engineer’s
Decision
The Whole Of The Work Shal l Be Under The Direc t ion
Of The Engineer , Whose Decision Shal l Be Final ,
Conclusive And Binding On All Part ies To The
Contract , On All Quest ions Rela ting To The
Construc t ion And Meaning Of Plans , Working
Drawings, Sect ions And Specif icat ions Connected
With The Work.
68. Inst ruc t ions
To Contractor
The Contrac tor Or His Agent Shal l Be In At tendance
At The Si te(S) Dur ing All Working Hours And Shal l
Supervise The Execut ion Of The Works With Such
Addi t ional Assis tance In Each Trade As
The Engineer May Consider Necessary. Orders Given
To The Contractor’s Agent Shal l Be Considered To
Have The Same Force As If They Had Been Given To
The Contrac tor Himself .
The Engineer Shall Communicate Or Confirm His Instruction To
The Contractor In Respect Of The Execution Of Work In A “Works
Site Order Book” Maintained In The Office Of The Engineer And
The Contractor Or His Authorised Representative Shall Confirm
Receipt Of Such Instructions By Signing The Relevant Entries In
This Book. If Required By The Contractor He Shall Be Furnished A
Certified True Copy Of Such Instruction(S). If The Contractor Fails
To Comply With The Instruction(S) Of The Engineer, The Engineer
May Impose The Daily Penalty Of Rs.500 (Rupees Five Hundred)
For Each Of Such Defaults. This Penalty Will Not Prejudice The
Right Of The Municipal Commissioner Or The Engineer To Claim
Compensation.
69. Work Order
Book A Work Order Book Shal l Be Mainta ined On Si te And
I t Shal l Be The Property Of Corpora t ion And The
Contractor Shal l Promptly Sign Orders Given There in
By Engineer Or His Representa t ives And His Superior
Off icers And Comply With Them. The Contrac tor Shall
Report The Compliance In Good Time So That I t Can
Be Checked. The Contrac tor Will Be Allowed To Copy
Out Inst ruc t ion There in From Time To Time.
70. Management
Meet ing
Ei ther The Engineer Or The Contrac tors May Require
The Other To Attend Management Meet ing. The
Business Of A Management Meeting Shal l Be To
Review The Plans For Remaining Works.
Engineers Shal l Record The Business Of Management
Meet ings And Is To Provide Copies Of His Record To
Those At tending The Meetings . The Responsibi l i ty Of
The Part ies For Act ions To Be Taken Is To Be Decided
By The Engineer Either At The Management Meet ings
Or Af ter The Management Meet ings And Sta ted In
58
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Wri t ing To All Who Attend The Meet ings .
71. Materia ls (A) Material To Be Provided By The Contractor:
The Contractor Shall, At His Own Expense, Provide All Materials
Required For The Works.
All Materials To Be Provided By The Contractor Shall Be In
Conformity With The Specifications Laid Down In The Contract
And The Contractor Shall, Furnish Proof To The Satisfaction Of
The Engineer That The Materials So Comply. Contractor Shall
Produce Proof Viz. Challans, Bills, Vouchers Etc. So As To Ensure
That The Material Was Brought On Site And Quantities Used As
Per The Norms, Specifications Etc.
Off icers Of The Corpora t ion Concerned With The
Work Shal l Be Ent i t led At Any Time To Inspect And
Examine Any Materia l Intended To Be Used In Or On
The Works Ei ther On The Si te Or At Factory Or
Workshop Or Other Places Where Such Materials Are
Assembled, Fabricated Or Manufactured Or At Any
Place(S) Where These Are Laying Or From Which
These Are Being Obta ined And The Contrac tor Shall
Give Such Faci l i t ies As May Be Required For Such
Inspect ion And Examinat ion. The Materials Brought
On Si te Outs ide Working Hours Shal l Be Stacked
Separa te ly Ti l l They Are Inspected By The Engineer
Or His Representa tive .
Al l Materia ls Brought To The Si te Shal l Not Be
Removed Off The Si te Without The Prior Wri t ten
Approval Of The Engineer . But Whenever The Works
Are Final ly Comple ted The Contrac tor Shal l At His
Own Expense Forthwith Remove From The Si te All
Surplus Materials Origina l ly Suppl ied By Him.
The Contrac tor Shal l , At His Own Expense And
Without Delay, Supply To The Engineer Samples Of
Materia ls Proposed To Be Used In The Works. The
Engineer Shal l Within Seven Days Of Supply Of
Samples Or Within Such Further Period As He May
Require And Int imated To The Contractor In Wri t ing,
Inform The Contrac tor Whether The Samples Are
Approved By Him Or Not . I f The Samples Are Not
Approved The Contrac tor Shall Forthwith Arrange To
Supply To The Engineer For Approval Fresh Samples
Complying With The Specif ica t ions Laid Down In The
Contract .
The Engineer Shall Have Ful l Powers To Require
Removal Of Any Or Al l Of The Materia ls Brought To
Si te By The Contrac tor Which Are Not In Accordance
With The Contract Specif ica tions Or Which Do Not
Conform In Charac ter Or Qual i ty To The Samples
59
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Approved By Him. In Case Of Defaul t On The Part Of
The Contrac tor In Removing The Rejec ted Materia ls ,
The Engineer Shall Be At Liberty To Have Them
Removed By Other Means. The Engineer Shal l Have
Ful l Powers To Procure Other Proper Materia ls To Be
Subst i tuted For Rejec ted Materia ls And In The Event
Of The Contractor Refusing To Comply, He May Cause
The Same To Be Suppl ied By Other Means. Al l Costs,
Which May Attend Upon Such Removal And/Or
Subst i tut ion Shal l Be Borne By The Contrac tor .
Subjec t As Here inaf ter Provided In Clause No.98 All
Charges On Account Of Octroi , Terminal Or Sales Tax
And Other Dut ies On Materia l Obta ined For The Works
From Any Source Shal l Be Borne By The Contrac tor .
The Engineer Shall Be Entitled To Have Tests Carried Out As
Specified In The Contract For Any Materials Supplied By The
Contractor Other Than Those For Which As Stated Above,
Satisfactory Proof Has Already Been Produced, At The Cost Of The
Contractor And The Contractor Shall Provide At His Expense All
Facilities Which The Engineer May Require For The Purpose.
If No Tests Are Specified In The Contract, And Such Tests Are
Required By The Engineer The Contractor Shall Provide All
Facilities Required For The Purpose And Charges For These Tests
Shall Be Borne By The Contractor Only If The Tests Disclose That
The Said Materials Are Not In Accordance With The Provision Of
The Contract.
The Cost Of The Materia ls Consumed In Test Shal l Be
Borne By The Contrac tor In Al l Cases Except When
Otherwise Provided.
For Carrying Out Tests On Soil, Cement, Sand, Aggregate, Brick
And Concrete Etc. The Standard Will Be As Prescribed In Relavant
I.S. The Engineer May Direct The Contractors To Get The
Samples Of Materials Tested In CIDCO, PWD, VJTI, IIT, Or Any
Approved Laboratory Out Of Those Accredited By National
Accreditation Board Of Laboratories, Govt. Of India. The Results
Of The Tests Shall Be Binding On The Contractor And
Corporation. In Case The Contractor Disputes The Results Of Tests,
It Is Open For Him To Ask For The Re-Testing In Which Case The
Cost Shall Be Borne By The Contractor. The Decision Of The
Engineer On Acceptability Or Re-Testing By Corporation Or
Testing Again Independently In VJTI Or IIT Will Be Binding On
Both The Parties To The Contract.
72. Stock Of
Materia ls
Required
(A)The Contractor Shal l At His Own Expense Provide
And Furnish Himself With Sheds And Yards In Such
Si tua t ions And In Such Numbers As, In The Opinion
60
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Of The Engineer Are Requis i te For Carrying Out The
Works Under This Contract , And The Contrac tor
Shal l Keep At Each Of Such Sheds And Yards A
Suff ic ient Quant i ty Of Materials In Stock So As Not
To Delay The Carrying Out The Works With Due
Expedi t ion And The Engineer And His Sub-Ordinates
Shal l Have Free Access To The Said Sheds Or Yards
At Any Time For The Purpose Of Inspect ing The Stock
Of Materia ls So Kept In Hand Any Materia l Or Art ic le ,
Which The Engineer May Objec t To, Shal l Not Be
Brought Upon Or Used In The Work But Shal l Be
Forthwith Removed From The Sheds Or Yards By The
Contractor At His Own Cost . The Contractor Wil l
However Be Allowed To Use For The Above Purpose
The Comple ted Port ion Of The Bui ldings If Avai lable .
(B) General :
Cement Brought On Si te By The Contrac tors Shall Be
Stored In Waterproof Godown With Two Locks On
Each Door . The Key Of One Lock Of Each Door Shal l
Remain With The Engineer Or His Representa t ive And
That Of The Other Lock With The Contrac tor’s
Organisa t ion Agent At Si te Of Works So That Cement
Is Removed From The Godown Only According To
Dai ly Requirements With The Knowledge Of Both The
Part ies .
73. Product ion Of
Vouchers
The Contrac tor Shal l , Produce All Quota t ions ,
Invoices Vouchers And Accounts Or Receipts Etc .
To Prove That The Materia ls Suppl ied By Him Are In
Conformity With The Specif ica t ions Laid Down In The
Contract And The Same Are Brought To The Si te And
Uti l ized On The Said Works.
74. Plant And’
Equipment The Contractor Shall Arrange At His Own Expense All Tools, Plant
And Equipment Required For Execution Of Works. If Required By
The Contractor And If Available The Corporation May Supply Such
Of The Tools, Plant And Equipment As Are Available, To The
Contractor At The Rates And Terms To Be Specified By The
Engineer. No Tools, Plant And Equipment Once Brought To The
Work Site Shall Be Removed Without The Written Permission Or
Order Of The Engineer, Until He Has Certified The Completion Of
The Work.
I f Any Tools , Plants And Equipment Brought On Si te ,
Are In The Opinion Of The Engineer Ineff ic ient , Bad
Or Of Infer ior Qual i ty Or Are Unsui ted For The Works
Then Such Tools , Plant And Equipment Shal l Not Be
Used On The Works But Shal l Be Removed By The
61
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Contractor At His Own Expense Within Twenty Four
Hours Af ter The Service Of A Wri t ten Order Or Not ice
From The Engineer To That Effect And Fresh Tools ,
Plant And Equipment Be Subst i tuted In Lieu Of That
Ordered To Be Removed By The Engineer .
75. Inspect ion &
Approval Al l Works Embracing More Than One Process Shal l Be
Subjec t To Examinat ion And Approval At Each Stage
Thereof And The Contrac tor Shall
Give Due Not ice To The Engineer Or His Organisa t ion
Representa t ive When Each Stage Is Ready. In Default
Of Such Notice , The Engineer Shal l Be Enti t led To
Appra ise The Qual i ty And Extent Thereof .
No Work Shall Be Covered Up Or Put Out Of View Without The
Approval Of The Engineer Or His Organisation Representative And
The Contractor Shall Afford Full Opportunity For Examination And
Measurement Of Any Work Which Is About To Be Covered Up Or
Out Of View And For Examination Of Foundation Before
Permanent Work Is Placed Thereon.
The Contractor Shall Give Due Notice To The Engineer Or His
Organisation Representative Whenever Any Such Work Or
Foundation Is Ready For Examination And The Engineer Or His
Representative Shall Without Unreasonable Delay, Unless He
Considers It Necessary And Informs The Contractor In Writing
Accordingly, Attend For The Purpose Of Examining And Measuring
Such Work Or Examining Such Foundations. In The Event Of The
Failure Of The Contractor To Give Such Notice He Shall, If
Required By The Engineer, Uncover Such Work At The
Contractor’s Expense.
Departmental Officers Concerned With The Works Shall Have
Powers At Any Time To Inspect Examine Any Part Of The Works
And The Contractor Shall Give Such Facilities As May Be Required
For Such Inspection & Examination.
76. Uncovering
And Making
Good
No Part Of The Works Shal l Be Covered Up Or Put
Out Of View Without The Approval Of The Engineer .
The Contrac tor Shal l Uncover Any Part Of The Works
And/Or Make Opening In Or Through The Same As
The Engineer May From Time To Time Direct For His
Veri f icat ion And Shal l Reinsta te And Make Good Such
Part To The Sat isfac t ion Of The Engineer , I f Any Such
Part Has Been Covered Up Or Put Out Of View After
Being Approved By The Engineer And Is Subsequent ly
Found On Uncovering To Be Executed In Accordance
With The Contract , The Expenses Of Uncovering
And/Or Making Openings In Or Through, Reinsta t ing
And Making Good The Same Shal l Be Borne By The
Corpora t ion. In Any Other Case Al l Such Expenses
Shal l Be Borne By The Contrac tor .
62
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
77. Contractor To
Search
The Contractor Shall , I f Required By The Engineer In
Wri t ing, Search Under The Direc t ion Of The Engineer
For The Cause Of Any Defect , Imperfec tion Or Fault
Appearing During The Progress Of The Work Or In
The Period Of Maintenance . Unless Such Defect ,
Imperfec tion Or Faul t Shal l Be One For Which The
Contractor Is Liable Under The Contract , The Cost Of
The Work Carr ied Out By The Contrac tor In Searching
As Aforesa id Shal l Be Borne By The Corpora t ion.
I f Such Defect , Imperfec tion Or Faul t Shal l Be One
For Which Contractor Is Liable As Aforesaid, The
Cost Of The Work Carr ied Out In Searching As
Aforesaid Shal l Be Borne By The Contrac tor And He
Shal l In Such Case Repair , Rect ify And Make Good
Such Defect , Imperfec t ion Or Fault , At His Own
Expense .
78. Defaul t Of
Contractor In
Compliance
In case of defaul t on the part of the contrac tor in
carrying out such ins t ruc t ion within the t ime specif ied
there in or , i f non, wi thin a reasonable t ime, the
corpora t ion shal l be ent i t led to employ any other
persons to carry out the same and al l costs consequent
thereon or inc idental there to shal l , a f te r due
consul ta t ion with the corpora t ion and the contrac tor ,
be de termined by the engineer and shal l be recoverable
f rom the contrac tor by the corpora t ion f rom any
monies due or to become due to the contrac tor and the
engineer shal l not ify the contrac tor accordingly.
79. Urgent Works If Any Urgent Work (In Respect Whereof The Decis ion
Of The Engineer Shal l Be Final And Binding) Becomes
Necessary And The Contractor Is Unable Or Unwil l ing
At Once To Carry I t Out , The Engineer May By His
Own Or Other Work People , Carry I t Out As He May
Consider Necessary. I f The Urgent Work Shal l Be
Such As The Contrac tor Is Liable Under The Contrac t
To Carry Out At His Expense Al l Expense Incurred On
I t By The Corpora tion Shal l Be Recoverable From The
Contractor And Be Adjusted Or Set Off Against Any
Sum Payable To Him.
63
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
PART – IV
TIME SCHEDULE AND DELAYS
80. Commencement
Time The Time Allowed For Execut ion For The Works As
Specif ied In The Contract Documents Shal l Be The
Essence Of The Contrac t . The Execut ion Of The Works
Shal l Commence From The Date Specif ied By The
Engineer In Wri t ing. I f The Contrac tor Fails Or
Neglec ts To Commence The
Execution Of The Works As Aforesaid, The
Corpora t ion Shal l Without Prejudice To Any Other
Right Or Remedy Be At Liberty To Forfe i t The
Securi ty Deposi t Absolute ly.
81. Extension Of
Time For
Comple t ion
Due To
Monsoon.
In Any Case Where The Time Prescribed For
Complet ion Of Any Work Is Exclusive Of Monsoon
Period. No New Trench Work Should Be Star ted Af ter
15t h
May And Exis t ing Trenches Are Required To Be
Reinsta ted By 31s t
May Every Year . The Si te Shall Be
Cleared In Al l Respect Inc luding Removal Of Surplus
Materia l On Or Before 10t h
June Of Every Year . The
Monsoon Period Shal l Be Deemed To Be From 10t h
June To 30t h
Sept . Of The Calendar Year.
However, I f The Contractor Is Permit ted By The
Engineer To Work During Any Monsoon. Period, Al l
Such Period Shal l Be Taken Into Account For The
Calcula t ing The Contrac t Period On Pro-Rata Basis As
Under.
Cost Of Work Done
Effec t ive During Monsoon
Days = - ---- --- - ---- ---- X No. Of Days Of
Tota l Cost Of Contrac t Period
Contract Work
In The Event Of The Contrac tor Fai l ing To Comply
With This Condit ion. He Shal l Be Liable To Pay As
Compensat ion As Sta ted In Clause No.90.
82. Extension Of
Time Due To
Unforsean
Events
If The Work Be Delayed By –
(A)Force Measure Such As Acts Of God, Act Of Publ ic
Enemy, Act Of Government , Floods, Epidemics Etc . Or
(B) Abnormal ly Bad Weather , Or
I Serious Loss Or Damage By Fire Or
(d) Civi l Commotion, Local Combinat ion Of
Workmen, Str ike Or Lockout Affec ting Any Of
64
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
The Trades Employed On The Work, Or
(e) Delay On The Part Of Other Contrac tor Or
Tradesmen Engaged By The Munic ipa l
Corpora t ion In Execut ing Works Not Forming
Part Of The Contract Or
(F) The Reasons Stated In Condi t ion No 84 And 85.
(G) Any Other Cause , In The Absolute Discre t ion Of
The Engineer .
Then Upon The Happening Of Any Such Event Causing
Delay, The Contractor Shal l Immedia tely Give Not ice
There Of In Wri t ing To The Engineer But Shal l
Neverthe less Use Constantly His Best Endeavors To
Prevent Or Make Good The Delay And Shal l Do All
That May Be Reasonable Required To The Sat isfact ion
Of The Engineer To Proceed With The Work.
Request For Extension Of Time, To Be El igible For
Considerat ion Shal l Be Made By The Contractor In
Wri t ing Within 14 (Fourteen) Days Of The Happening
Of The Event Causing Delay. The Contrac tor May
Also, I f Prac t icable Indica te In Such A Request The
Period For Which Extension Is Desired. In Any Such
Case , The Engineer May Give A Fair Reasonable
Extension Of Time For Comple t ion Of Individual
I tems Or Groups Of I tems Of Work For Which
Separa te Periods Of Comple t ion Are Specif ied In The
Contract Or The Contact As Whole . The Decis ion Of
The Engineer In Regard To The Extension Wil l Be
Communicated To The Contrac tor In Wri t ing Within A
Reasonable Time And The Contrac tor Shal l Also Be
Paid Such Compensat ion That In The Opinion Of The
Engineer Is Fair And Reasonable To Cover The Delays
Resul t ing From The Provis ions Under The Sub Clause
(E) Above.
The Time Extended For Comple t ing The Work Shal l Be
The Essence Of The Contract For The Period
Extended.
65
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
83. Network
Schedule &
Monthly Progress
Reports
(A)On Award Of The Contrac t , The Contrac tor Shal l
Submit The Time Schedule For The Works In The
‘ Form Of PERT Net Works Or Bar Chart .
(B) The Schedules Shall Be Prepared In Direct Relations To The
Time Stated In The Contract Documents For Completion Of Items
Or Groups Of Items Of Work And Or The Contract As A Whole. It
Shall Indicate The Dates Of Commencement And Completion Of
Various Activities Of The Work. And Should Conta in No
Act ivi t ies With A Durat ion Greater Than 28 Days.
Miles tones Would Be So Determined That At Least 10
Percent Of The Events Are Miles tones And No Two
Miles tones Are More Than 3 Months Apart .
The Engineer May Approve The Schedule As Submitted Or Suggest
Modifications As He Thinks Necessary. The Contractor Shall
Modify The Chart Accordingly And Obtain Engineer’s Approval.
(C)The Final ized Network May Be Amended From
Time To Time, If Fe l t Necessary By The Contrac tor ,
With The Approval Of The Engineer .
(D)A Fixed Sum Shal l Be Held In Abeyance At The
Time Of The Next Inter im Payment For Non-
Atta inment Of Each Miles tone In The Network And
Shal l Be Released Only On Comple t ion Of The Work
Af ter Deduct ing The Compensation For Delay If There
Is Contrac tor’s Faul t As Per Provis ion In Clause No.
86 And Penal ty Covered Under Clause No. 53. The
Fixed Sum Shal l Be:
Rs.10,000/- For All Contracts Over Rs.25 Lakhs And Upto The
Value Of Rs.100 Lakhs.
Rs.20,000/- For All Contracts Over Rs. 1 Crore And Upto The
Value Of Rs.5 Crores
Rs.35,000/- For All Contracts Over Rs. 5 Crores And Upto The
Value Of Rs.10 Crores.
Rs.50,000/- For All Contracts Over Rs.10 Crores.
If The Attainment Of The Milestones Is Delayed For Reason Not
Attributable To The Contractors No Moneys Will Be Held In
Abeyance.
84. Disrupt ion Of
Progress For
Lack Of
Drawings.
The Contrac tor Shal l Give Writ ten Not ice To The
Engineer Whenever Planning Or Progress Of The
Works Is Likely To Be Delayed Or Disrupted Unless
Any Further Drawing Or Order , Inc luding A Direc t ion,
Ins t ruc t ion Or Approval , Is Issued By The Engineer
66
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Within A Reasonable Time. The Not ice Shal l Inc lude
Deta ils Of The Drawing Or Order Required And Of
Why And By When I t Is Required And Of Any Delay
Or Disrupt ion Likely To Be Suffered If I t Is Late .
85. Delays Of
Drawings
If By Reason Of Any Fai lure Or Inabi l i ty Of The
Engineer To Issue Within A Time Reasonable In Al l
The Circumstances Any Drawing Or Order Requested
By The Contrac tor In Accordance With The Clause 84
Of This Condi t ion The Contrac tor Suffers Delay, Then
The Engineer Shal l Take Such Delay Into Account In
Determining Any Extension Of Time To Which The
Contractor Is Ent i t led Under Sub-Clause (G) Of Clause
No. 82 Hereof . No Moni tary Cla im Will Be Enter ta ined
On This Account .
86. Monthly
Report The Contrac tors Wil l Be Required To Submit The
Monthly Progress Reports By The 2n d
Day Of The
Fol lowing Month To The Engineer Fai lure On The Part
Of The Contrac tor To Submit Monthly Report In
Time Wil l At t ract Act ion As Per Clause No.83.
87. Rate Of
Progress .
I f For Any Reason, Which Does Not Ent i t le The
Contractor To An Extension Of Time, The Rate Of
Progress Of The Works Or Any Sect ion Is At Any
Time, In The Opinion Of The Engineer, Too Slow To
Comply With The Time For Comple t ion, The Engineer
Shal l So Not i fy The Contrac tor Who Shal l Thereupon
Take Such Steps As Are Necessary, Subject To The
Consent Of The Engineer , To Expedi te Progress So As
To Comply With The Time For Comple t ion. The
Contractor Shal l Not Be Ent i t led To Any Addi t ional
Payment For Taking Such Steps . I f , As A Result Of
Any Not ice Given By The Engineer Under This Clause ,
The Contrac tor Considers That I t Is Necessary To Do
Any Work At Night Or On Local ly Recognized Days
Of Rest , He Shal l Be Ent i t led To Seek The Consent Of
The Engineer So To Do. Provided That If Any Steps ,
Taken By The Contrac tor In Meet ing His Obl iga t ions
Under This Clause , Involve The Corpora t ion In
Addi t ional Supervis ion Costs , Such Costs Shal l Be
Determined By The Engineer And Shal l Be
Recoverable From The Contractor , And May Be
Deducted By The Corpora t ion From Any Monies Due
Or To Become Due To The Contrac tor And The
Engineer Shal l Not ify The Contrac tors Accordingly.
88. Suspension Of (A)The Contrac tor Shal l , On Receipt Of The Order In
67
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Work
Wri t ing Of The Engineer , Suspend The Progress Of
The Works Or Any Part Thereof For Such Time And In
Such Manner As The Engineer May Consider
Necessary For Any Of The Fol lowing Reasons: -
(I) On Account Of Continued Non-Compliance Of The Instructions
Of The Engineer Or Any Other Default On The Part Of The
Contractor, Or
I i ) For Proper Execution Of The Works Or Part
Thereof For Reasons Other Than The Defaul t Of The
Contractor , Or
( I i i )For Safe ty Of The Works Or Part Thereof .
The Contractor Shall, During Such Suspension, Properly Protect
And Secure The Works To The Extent Necessary And Carry Out
The Instructions Given In That Behalf By The Engineer.
(B) If The Suspension Is Ordered For Reasons (Ii) And (Iii) In Sub-
Para (A) Above, The Contractor Shall Be Entitled To An Extension
Of Time Equal To The Period Of Every Such Suspension Plus A
Reasonable Time As Decided By The Engineer.
I I f The Suspension Is Ordered For Reasons Of (I) In
Sub-Para (A) Above, The Engineer Shall Have Powers
To Suspend The Payment Under The Contrac t . Such
Suspension Of Payment May Be Cont inued Unt i l
Defaul t Shall Have Been Rect if ied.
89. Stoppage /
Al tera tion /
Rest r ic t ion Of
Work.
1) If At Any Time After The Execut ion The
Contract Documents The Engineer Shal l For Any
Reason Whatsoever (Other Than Defaul t On The Part
Of Contrac tor For Which The Corporat ion Is Ent i t led
To Rescind The Contrac t ) Desires That The Whole Or
Any Part Of The Work Specif ied In The Tender
Should Be Suspended For Any Period Or That The
Whole Or Part Of The Work Should Not Be Carr ied
Out , At Al l He Shall Give To The Contrac tor A Notice
In Wri t ing Of Such Desire And Upon The Receipt Of
Such Not ice The Contrac tor Shal l Forthwith Suspend
Of Stop The Work Wholly Or In Art As Required,
Af ter Having Due Regard To The Appropria te Stage
At Which The Work Should Be Stopped Or Suspended
So As Not To Cause Any Damage Or Injury To The
Work Already Done Or Endanger The Safe ty There Of
Provided That The Decision Of The Engineer As To
The Stage At Which The Work Or Any Part Of I t
Could Be Or Could Have Been Safe ly Stopped Or
Suspended Shal l Be Final And Conclusive Against The
Contractor . The Contrac tor Shal l Have No Cla im To
68
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Any Payment Or Compensat ion Whatsoever By Reason
Of Or In Pursuance Of Any Not ice As Aforesaid, On
Account Of Any Suspension, Stoppage Or Curta i lment
Except To The Extent Specif ied Here inaf ter .
2) Where The Total Suspension Of Work Ordered
As Aforesaid Cont inued For A Cont inues Period
Exceeding 90 Days The Contrac tor Shal l Be Liberty
To Withdraw From The Contrac tual Obl iga t ions Under
The Contract So Far As I t Perta ins To Unexecuted
Part Of The Work By Giving A 10 Days Prior Not ice
In Wri t ing To The Engineer , Within 30 Days Of The
Expiry Of The Said Period Of 90 Days, Of Such
Intent ion And Requir ing The Engineer To Record The
Final Measurement Of The Work Already Done And
To Pay Final Bi l l . Upon Giving Such Not ice The
Contractor Shal l Be Deemed To Have Been Charged
From His Obl iga t ions To Complete The Remaining
Unexecuted Work Under His Contrac t . On Receipt Of
Such Not ice The Engineer Shal l Proceed To Comple te
The Measurements And Make Such Payments As May
Be Final ly Due To The Contractor Within A Period Of
90days From The Receipt Of Such Not ice In Respect
Of The Work Already Done By The Contrac tor . Such
Payment Shal l Not In Any Manner Pre judice The
Right Of The Contrac tor To Any Further
Compensat ion Under The Remaining Provis ions Of
This Clause .
3) Where The Engineer Required The Contrac tor
To Suspend The Work For A Period In Excess Of 30
Days At Any Time Or 60 Days In The Aggregate , The
Contractor Shal l Be Ent i re To Apply To The Engineer
Within 30 Days Of The Resumption Of Work Af ter
Such Suspension For Payment Of Composi t ion To The
Extent Of Pecuniary Loss Suffered By Him In Respect
Of Working Machinery Remain Ideal On The Si te Of
On The Account Of His Having And To Pay The
Salary Or Wages Of, Labour Engaged By Him During
The Said Period Of Suspension Provided Always That
The Contrac tor Shall Not Be Ent i t led To Any Cla im In
Respect Of Any Such Working Machinery, Sa lary Or
Wages For The Firs t 30 Days Whether Consecut ive Or
In The Aggregate Or Such Suspension Or In Respect
Or Any Suspension Whatsoever Occasioned By
Unsat isfac tory Work Or Any Other Defaul t On His
69
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Part . The Decis ion Of The Engineer In This Regard
Shal l Be Final And Conclusive Against The
Contractor .
4) In The Event Of –
i ) Any Tota l Stoppage Of Work On Not ice
From Engineer Under Sub Clause (1) In That Behalf .
i i ) Withdrawal By The Contrac tor From
The Contrac tua l Obl iga t ions Comple te The Remaining
Unexecuted Work Under Sub Clause (2) On Account
Of Cont inued Suspension Of Work For A Period
Exceeding 90 Days.
I t Shal l Be Open To The Contrac tor , Within 90 Days
From The Service Of (I) The Not ice Of Stoppage Of
Work Or (I i ) The Not ice Of Withdrawal From The
Contractua l Obliga t ions Under The Contract On
Account Of The Cont inued Suspension Of Work (I i i )
Not ice Under Clause 20 (1) Resul t ing In Such
Curta i lment To Produce To The Engineer Sat isfac tory
Documentary Evidence That He Had Purchased Or
Agreed To Purchase Material For Use In The
Contracted Work, Before Receipt By Him Of The
Not ice Of Stoppage , Suspension Or Curta i lment And
Require Government To Take Over On Payment Such
Materia l At The Rated Determine By The Engineer
Provided, However , Such Rates Shall In No Case
Exceed The Rates At Which The Same Was Acquired
By The Contrac tor . The Corpora t ion Shal l Thereaf ter
Take Over The Materials So Offered, Provided The
Quant i t ies Offered, Are Not In Excess Of The
Requirements Of The Unexecuted Work As Specif ied
In The Accepted Tender And Are Of Qual i ty And
Specif ica t ions Approved By The Engineer .
90. Liquidated
Damages For
Delay.
I f The Contractor Fai ls To Complete The Works And
Clear The Si te On Or Before The Contrac t Or Extended
Date(S)/Period(S) Of Comple t ion, He Shal l , Without
Pre judice To Any Other Right Or Remedy Of
Corpora t ion On Account Of Such Breach, Pay As
Agreed Compensat ion, Amount Calcula ted As
St ipula ted Below. (Or such smal ler amount as may be
f ixed by the Engineer) On The Contract Value Of The
Whole Work Or On The Contract Value Of The I tem
Or Group Of I tems Of Work For Which Separa te
Period Of Comple t ion Are Given In The Contrac t And
Of Which Comple tion Is Delayed For Every Week That
The Whole Of The Work Of I tem Or Group Of I tems
Of Work Concerned Remains Uncomple ted, Even
70
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Though The Contrac t As A Whole Be Comple ted By
The Contrac t Or The Extended Date Of Comple t ion.
For This Purpose The Term “Contrac t
Value” Shal l Be The Value Of The Work At Contrac t
Rates As Ordered Inc luding The Value Of Al l
Devia t ions Ordered:
1) a t One Percent (1%) per week.
When The Delay Is Not A Full Week Or In Multiple Of A Week
But Involves A Fraction Of A Week The Compensation Payable For
That Fraction Shall Be Proportional To The Number Of Days
Involved.
Provided Always That The Tota l Amount Of
Compensat ion For Delay To Be Paid under This
Condi t ion Shal l Not Exceed 10% of the Contract va lue
inc luding the va lue of devia tions ordered.
The Amount Of Liquidated Damages May Be Adjusted
Set Off Against Any Sum Payable To The Contrac tor
Under This Or Any Other Contrac t With The
Corpora t ion Or From The Securi ty Deposi t Of The
Contractor Ent i re ly At The Discre t ion Of The
Corpora t ion.
PART – V
BILLS AND PAYMENTS
91. Method Of
Measurement
Except Where Any General Or Deta i led Descript ion Of
The Work In Bi l ls Of Quant i t ies Or Schedule Of
Works/I tems/Quant i t ies Express ly Shown To The
Contrary, Bi l ls Of Quant i t ies Shall Be Deemed To
Have Been Prepared And Measurements Shal l Be
Taken In Accordance With The Procedure Set Forth In
The Schedule Of Rates /Specif ica t ions
Notwithstanding Any Provis ion In The Relevant
Standard Method Of Measurement Or Any Genera l
Or Local Custom. In The Case Of I tems, Which Are
Not Covered By The Schedule Of Rates /
Specif ica t ions , Measurement Shall Be Taken In
Accordance With The Relevant Standard Specif ica t ions
Publ ished By PWD Govt . Of Maharast ra And For The
Works Not Covered In This Publ ica t ion, Measurements
Shal l Be Taken As Per The Codes By Bureau Of Indian
Standards . .
71
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
92. Records And
Measurement
The Contrac tor Shal l Submit To The Engineer The
Monthly Sta tements Of The Est imated Value Of The
Work Completed Less Than The Cumula t ive Amount
Cert if ied Previously. The Monthly Sta tements Shal l Be
In The Bi l l Form Specif ied By The Engineer And I t
Shal l Be Submit ted On Or Before The Date Inst ruc ted
By The Engineer . These Monthly Bi l ls Shal l Be
Supported With Deta i led Measurements For The Gross
Quant i ty Of The Work Done Duly Deduct ing The
Gross Quant i ty Paid In The Previous Bi l l . The
Contractor Is Permit ted To Copy Down The
Correc t ions In The Bi l ls Paid As Per The Engineers
Cert if ica tion. Upon Receipt Of The Bil l And
Measurements By The Contrac tors , The Engineer Shal l
Except As Otherwise Sta ted Ascerta in And Determine
By Measurement The Value In Accordance With The
Contract Of Work Done In Accordance Therewith.
Al l I tems Having A Financia l Value Shal l Be Entered
In Measurement Book Etc . As Prescribed By The
Corpora t ion So That A Comple te Record Is Obta ined
Of Al l The Works Performed Under The Contract .
Measurements Shal l Be Taken Joint ly By The Engineer
Or His Organisa t ion Representa t ive And By The
Contractor Or His Organisa t ion Representat ive . Before
Taking Measurements Of Any Work The Engineer Or
The Person Deputed By Him For The Purpose Shal l
Give A Reasonable Not ice To The Contrac tor . If The
Contractor Fai ls To Attend Or Send An Organisa t ion
Representa t ive For Measurement After Such A Not ice
Or Fai ls To Counters ign Or The Object ion Within A
Week From The Date Of Measurement , Then In Any
Such Event Measurement Taken By The Engineer Or
By The Person Deputed By Him Shal l Be Taken To Be
Correc t Measurements Of The Works And Shal l Be
Binding On The Contrac tor .
The Contrac tor Shal l , Without Any Extra Charge ,
Provide Assis tance With Every Appl iance And Other
Things Necessary For Measurements .
Measurements Shall Be Signed And Dated By Both
Part ies Each Day (Of Taking Measurement) On The
Si te On Comple t ion Of Measurement .
93. Payments Of
Bi l ls And
The Payment Of Bil ls And Other Claims Aris ing Out
Of The Contrac t Wil l Be Made By Account Payee
72
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Other Claims Cheque Drawn In The Name Of ‘Agency’.
94. Ful l
Provis ions
The Rates Inserted By The Corpora t ion Against
Various I tems Of Work Deta i led In Various Parts Of
Scheduled Shal l Be Deemed To Inc lude Every
Allowance Necessary, Without Extra Measurement Or
Charge For Meet ing The Requirement Of Various
Components/ Parts Of The Contrac t Documents (Viz
Part icular Specif ica tions , PWD Of Standard
Specif ica t ions , Maharashtra Schedule Of Rates , MOST
Specif ica t ions , BIS Specif ica t ions , Specia l Condi t ions ,
Preambles And Notes To Schedule Of I tems
Descript ion Of Schedule I tems Which Shal l Al l Be
Read Together And Any Or Of The Fol lowing Unless
Specif ica l ly Provided For The Contrary.
a ) Compliance With Al l The Condit ions Of
Contract Inc luding Genera l Condi t ions Of Contrac t ,
Schedule Of Rates And Quant i t ies , Part icular
Specif ica t ions , Drawings Inc luding Notes Thereon,
Specif ica t ions In Standard Specif ica t ions Of PWD Of
Maharashtra And MJP Relevant Indian Standard
Specif ica t ions Wherever Appl icable . However, In Case
Of Any Discrepancy Between Drawing And Tender ,
The Tender I tem And Specif ica tion Shal l Prevai l . If
There Is Discrepancy In Tender Specif icat ions , The
Order Of Preference Shal l Be 1s t
Specif ica t ion Of
Maharashtra State PWD, MJP, MOST And Last ly BIS.
b) All Labour, Materia ls , Tool And Plants ,
Equipments And Transport Which May Be Required In
Prepara t ion For And In The Ful l And Ent i re Execut ion
And Complet ion Of The Works Inc luding Waste Of
Materia ls , Carr iage And Cartage , Carrying In , Return
Of Empties , Hois t ing, Set t ing, Fixtures And Fi t t ings In
Posi t ion.
c ) Local Condi t ions: Nature Of Works, Local
Faci l i t ies For Supply Of Labour And Materia ls
Accessibi l i ty’s To Si tes And All Other Mat ters
Effec t ing The Execut ion And Comple t ion Of The
Works.
d) Duties Etc : Payments Of Any Octroi , Terminal
Tax, Sales Tax, Turnover Tax, Contrac t Sales Tax,
Tol l Tax, Ground Rent , Royal ty, Environmenta l Cess ,
Local Bodies Cess , Taxes Or Any Dut ies On Materia ls
Obta ined For The Works And Any Dut ies In Respect
Of Patent Rights .
e ) Supervis ion : Competent Supervis ion Of The
Work.
f ) Labour: Reasonable Terms And Condit ions Of
73
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Employment , Liabi l i ty To Pay Compensat ion, Wages
As Per Sta tutory Enactment’s , Temporary
Accommodat ion, Sani ta t ion, Compliance With Contract
Labour Act 1970 (Regula t ion And Abol i t ion) .
g) Water: Provis ion Of Al l Water Required
Inc luding Temporary Plumbing And Connection.
h) Temporary Work Shops, Stores , Off ices, Labour
Camps Etc . Provis ions Of Such Structures Required
For Eff ic ient Execut ion Of The Works And Removing
And Cleaning Up Si te On Comple t ion Of Works.
i ) Precaut ions Against Risks: Precautions To
Prevent Loss Or Damage From All Or Any Risk,
Insurance Of Sheds Or Any Temporary
Accommodat ion Provided By The Corpora t ion
Watching And Light ing, Provis ions Per ta ining To The
General Condi t ions Of Contrac t .
j ) Notices , Fees Etc . : Compliance With Sta tutory
Provis ions Of Regula t ions And/ Or Bye Laws Of Any
Local Authori ty And/ Or Any Publ ic Service Company
Or Authori ty Affec ted By The Works.
k) Set t ing The Works Inc luding All Appara tus
Required.
l ) Site Drainage: Removal Of Al l Water That May
Accumula te Due To Spring, Sub Soi l Water ,
Flood/Tides And Any Other Causes On The Si te
During The Progress Of The Work.
m) Execution Of Work In Workmanl ike Manner,
Faci l i t ies For Inspect ion Etc .
n) Rect if ica tion Of Bad Work: Rect if icat ion And/
Or Removal And Reconstruc t ion Of Any Work Which
(As Decided By The Engineer) Has Been Executed
With Unsound Or Imperfec t Materia ls Or Unski l led
Workmanship Or Of A Qual i ty Infer ior To That
Contracted For, Whether During Construc t ion Or
Reconstruc tion Prior To The Expiry Of The Defect
Liabi l i ty Period.
o) Responsibil i ty For Damages And Loss Of Al l
Construc t ion Materia ls Etc . , At The Si te Unt i l Handing
Over To The Corpora t ion.
p) Removal Of Rubbish: Removal Of Rubbish &
Debris & Cleaning Of Any Dir t Before Handing Over
Al l Comple t ion Of Woks.
q) Cleaning Si te And Works: Removal By The
Contractor Off The Si te , Of Any Tools , Pla ts &
Materia ls And Sweeping Bui lding, Washing Floors ,
Cleaning Joineries & Removal Of Splashes Of Asphalt
Leaving The Whole Si te Neat And Tidy.
74
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
r ) Complet ion: Comple t ing The Work To The
Sat isfact ion Of The Engineer On Or Before St ipula ted
The Date Of Complet ion.
s ) Difficult Posi t ion: Accessibi l i ty Or Otherwise
To Si te , Easy Or Di f f icult Posi t ion In Works.
t ) Errors : Rect if ica t ion Of Al l Defec ts During
Construc t ion & Defect Liabi l i ty Period To The
Sat isfact ion Of Engineer .
u) Curved Works Etc . Works Of Any Quant i ty, Size
Or Shape Whether Level , Inc l ined, Curved, Bat tered
Etc .
v) Maker’s Ins t ruc t ion: Compliance With Make’s
Inst ruc t ions In The Case Of Proprie tary Art ic les ,
Factory Made Good Of Precast I tems.
w) Waste : Al l Waste Laps, Seams, Joints (Rough Or
Fair Cut t ing) Stra ight / Raking, Circular And Making
Good.
x) Art i f icia l Lights : To Inc lude All
Light ing/Kerosene Or Elec tr ic Power As The Case May
Be When Need Arises For Use Of Light ing While
Carrying Out Works.
Construc t ion Of Approaches To The Si te Of Work.
Making Arrangements For Proper Access To Works In
The Form Of Sta i rs , Ladders , Lif ts Etc . As Ordered By
The Engineer – In – Charge For Proper Supervis ions ,
Test ing And Or Inspect ion Of Works Inc luding
Materia l During Construc t ion & Defect Liabi l i ty
Period.
95. Inter im
Payment
Inter im Bi lls Shal l Be Submit ted By The Contrac tor
From Time To Time (But At An Interval Of Not Less
Than One Month) For The Works Executed. The
Engineer Shal l Arrange To Have The Bil ls Verif ied By
Taking Or Causing To Be Taken, Where Necessary,
The Requis i te Measurement Of Work. The Joint
Measurement Shal l Not Be An Excuse For The
Contractor To Submit Intermedia te Bil ls At Monthly
Or Intervals Not Less Than A Month. Al l Inter im Bi l ls
Shal l Be Firs t Submit ted By The Contrac tor With
Deta iled Measurements And Thereaf ter Only The
Engineer Or His Organisa t ion Representa t ive Shal l
Carry Out Joint Ver i f icat ions Or Otherwise On Record
In The Measurement Book Before Certif ica tion Of The
Bi l ls .
Payment On Account For Amount Admissible Shal l Be
Made On The Engineer Cert ifying The Sum To Which
75
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
The Contractor Is Considered Ent i t led By Way Of
Inter im Payment For Al l The Work Executed, Af ter
Deduct ing There From The Amount Already Paid, The
Securi ty Deposi t /Retent ion Money And Such Other
Amounts As May Be Deduct ible Or Recoverable In
Terms Of The Contrac t .
No Inter im Payment Wil l Be Admitted Unt i l Such Time
The Contrac tor Have Ful ly Complied With
The Requirement Of The Condi t ion 84 Concerning
Submission And Approval Of Network Schedule For
The Works, As Detai led In Condi t ion 83. A Fixed Sum
Shal l Be Held In Abeyance At The Time Of Next
Inter im Payment For Non Atta inment Of
Each Milestone In The Network And Shal l Be Released
Only On Atta inment Of The Said Milestone
96. Modif icat ion
Of Inter im
Cert if ica te .
An Inter im Cert i f ica te Given Rela t ing To Work Done
Or Materia l Delivered May Be Modif ied Or Correc ted
By Any Subsequent Inter im Cert if icate Or By The
Final Cert if icate . No Cert i f ica te Of The Engineer
Support ing An Inter im Payment Shall Of I tse lf Be
Conclusive Evidence That Any Work Or Materia ls To
Which I t Rela tes Is /Are In Accordance With The
Contract .
97. Income Tax
The Contrac tor Shal l Pay Indian Income Tax On All
Payments Made To Him Under The Contract , Other
Than Reimbursements Made To Him By The
Corpora t ion To Cover Payment By Contrac tor Of
Minor Custom Duties Etc . , Or Any Other Payment
Which The Contrac tor May Make On The
Corpora t ion’s Behalf . Under The Provis ions Of Sec.
194-C Of The Indian Income Tax Act , The
Corpora t ion Is Required To Deduct Tax With
Surcharge At Source At Prevai l ing Rates From The
Gross Amount Of Each Bi l l Submit ted. Any Expatr ia te
Si te Staff Or Staff Not Normal ly Residents Of India ,
Employed By The Contrac tor Shal l Pay Personal
Income Tax On All Money Earned And Paid In India .
The Contrac tor Shal l Perform Such Dut ies In Regard
To Such Deductions Thereof As May Be Imposed On
Him By Such Laws And Regula t ions .
98. Payment Of
Taxes
The Contrac tor Shal l Pay All The Taxes Direc t ly To
Respective Organiza t ions & To The Government . The
Corpora t ion Shal l Not Take Any Responsibi l i ty For
Any Kind Of Tax Payment To The Government Or
Semi Government Bodies At Any Point Of Time.
76
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
The Prices Quoted By The Contrac tor Shal l Inc lude All
Customs Dut ies , Import Dut ies , Excise Dut ies ,
Business Taxes , Income And Other Taxes That May Be
Levied In Accordance To The Laws And Regula t ion In-
Force On The Contrac tor’s Equipment , Materia ls ,
Suppl ies (Permanent, Temporary And Consumables) To
Be Used On Or Furnished Under The Contrac t And On
The Services To Be Performed Under The Contrac t .
Nothing In The Contrac t Shal l Rel ieve The Contractor
From His Responsibi l i ty To Pay Any Tax That May Be
Levied Or On Prof i ts Made By Him In Respect Of The
Contract .
The Contrac tor Shal l Perform Such Dut ies In Regard
To Such Deductions Thereof As May Be Imposed On
Him By Such Laws And Regula t ions .
Charges On Account Of Octroi, Terminal Or Sales Tax And Other
Duties On Material Obtained For The Works From Any Source
Including The Tax Applicable As Per Maharashtra Sales Tax Act
On The Transfer Of Property In The Goods Involved In The
Execution Of Works Contract (Re-Enacted) Act, 1991 Etc. Shall Be
Borne By The Contractor. Under The Provisions Of The
Maharashtra Sales Tax Act, The Corporation Is Required To Deduct
Turnover Tax At Source At The Rates Prevailing At The Time Of
Payments.
The Contrac tor Shall Submit Form – 31 Or Such Other
Forms As Are Prescribed Under The Said Act Which Is
Required To Be Produced By The Princ iple Employer
In The Events Of Any Not ice By The Sales Tax
Department Within One Month Of Issue Of Let ter Of
Acceptance .
99. Deduct ion Of
Contract Sales
Tax /
Turnover Tax.
The Contrac tors Are Required To Produce Their
Regis t ra t ion For Contrac t Sales Tax/Turnover Tax To
The Department Before Releasing The 1s t
R.A. Bi l l For
The Work Executed By Them, Fai l ing Which, No
Payment Shal l Be Release .
100. Provis ional
Sums. (1)”Provis ional Sum” Means A Sum Included In The
Contract And So Designated In The Bi l l Of Quanti t ies
For The Execution Of Work Or Supply Of
Goods, Materia ls Or Services Or For Cont ingencies ,
Which Sum May Be Used, In Whole Or In Part , Or Not
At Al l , At The Direc tion And Discre t ion Of The
Engineer . The Contrac t Price Shall Include Only Such
Amounts In Respect Of The Work, Supply Or Service
77
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
To Which Such Provis ional Sum Rela te As The
Engineer Shal l Approve Or Determine In Accordance
With This Clause .
(2) In Respect Of Every Provis ional Sum The Engineer
Shal l Have Power To Order To Execute The Work,
Inc luding Goods, Materia ls Or Services To Be
Suppl ied By The Contrac tor . The Contrac t Price Shal l
Inc lude The Value Of Such Work Executed Or Such
Goods, Materia l Or Services Suppl ied Determined In
Accordance With Clause No. 102.
(3) The Contrac tor Shal l Produce All Quota t ions ,
Invoices , Vouchers And Accounts Or Receipts In
Connect ion With Expendi ture In Respect Of
Provis ional Sums.
101. Rates For
Excess In
I tems.
Quant i t ies Shown In The Tender Are Approximate And
No Claim Shall Be Enter ta ined For Quant i t ies Of Work
Executed Being Ei ther More Or Less Than Those
Entered In The Tender Or Est imate . For Purpose Of
This Contract , The Varia t ions/Devia t ions In Carrying
Out The I tems Of Work Shal l Not Exceed Plus Or
Minus 25 Percent Of Contract Sum. The
Devia t ion/Varia t ion In The Quant i ty Of Individual
I tems Shall Not Be Taken As Devia t ion Or Varia t ion
In The Contrac t . The Difference Between The Total
Value Of The Work Done And The Contrac t Sum As
Def ined Above Wil l Be Only Be Considered For
Devia t ion/Varia t ion.
The Contrac tor Shal l Arrive At The Rates After
Careful ly Preparing The Rate Analysis Taking Into
Considerat ion Si te Condi t ions . For Increase Upto 25
Percent Over The Quant i ty Shown In The Bi l l Of
Quant i t ies Shall Be Paid At , The Rate Ment ioned In
The Bi l l Of Quant i t ies . However, I f The Quant i ty
Increases Beyond 25 Percent Of Quant i ty Shown In
The Bi l l Of Quant i t ies The Excess Quant i ty Beyond 25
Percent Shall Be Priced As Under:
The Rate Shal l Be Worked Out Based On Schedule
Rate With Contractor `S Quoted Percentage Or Current
Dis t r ic t Schedule Of Rates Without Contractor`S
Quoted Percentage , Which Ever Is Less .
102. Rates For
Extra I tems.
Rates For Such Additional Altered Or, Substituted Work Shall Be
Determined As Follows:
I) If Rate For Additional, Altered Or Substituted Item Of Work Is
78
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Specified In The Bill Of Quantities And Rates, The Contractor Shall
Carry Out The Additional, Altered Or Substituted Item At The Same
Rate, Subject To 100 Above.
I i ) I f Rate For Any Addi t ional , Al tered Or Subst i tuted
I tem Of Work Is Not Inc luded In The Bi l l Of
Quant i t ies And Rates , Such I tem Of Work Shal l Be
Carr ied Out At The Relevant Corporat ion’s Schedule
Of Rates (Publ ic Works Department And M.J .P.
Schedule Of Rates For Thane Dis t r ic t ) Prevai l ing At
The Time Of Execution Of Extra Work (Quoted
Percentage Will Not Be Appl icable)
I i i ) I f The Rate For Any Addi t ional , Al tered Or
Subst i tuted I tem Of Work Cannot Be Determined In
The Manner Specif ied In (I) & (I i ) Above, Or The
Rate So Determined Is Found To Be Unreasonable ,
Then The Contrac tor Wil l Be Paid At Such Fair And
Reasonable Rates As Worked Out By The Engineer On
The Basis Of Materia l , Labour And Opera t ions Of
Construc t ion Equipment Required To Execute The
I tem And Allowing 10 Percent To Cover Prof i ts And
Overhead Charges .
(Iv) The Contractor Shall Submit To The Engineer His Detailed
Rate Analysis For Carrying Out Variation Duly Supported With
Quotations And Other Supporting Documents Within 7 Days Of
Written Instructions To Carry Out Variations. If The Contractor’s
Quotation Is Unreasonable, The Engineer Orders The Variation And
Makes Change To The Contract Price Which Is Based On His Own
Forecast Of The Variations On The Contractor’s Cost. In Case, The
Rates Decided By The Engineer Are Not Acceptable To The
Contractor, He Shall Continue With The Work And Maintain
Contemporary Records Of Actual Expenses On Day-To-Day Basis
With Joint Assessment/ Verification. The Contractor Is Not Entitle
For Payment Of Actual Expenses As Per Joint Records Added With
10% For Profit And Overheads. Disagreement With The Rate Fixed
By The Engineer Shall Be Informed By The Contractor Before
Commencing The Work Of Variations, Failing Which The Rate
Fixed By The Engineer Shall Be Final And Binding On The Parties
To Contract.
103. Overpayment
And
Underpayment
Whenever Any Cla im For The Payment Of A Sum To
The Corpora tion Rises Out Of Or Under This Contract
Against The Contrac tor The
Same May Be Deducted By The Corporat ion From Any
Sum Then Due Or Which At Any Time Thereaf ter May
Become Due To The Contrac tor Under This Contract
79
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
And Fai l ing That Under Any Contrac t With The
Corpora t ion Or From Any Other Sum Due To The
Contractor From The Corpora t ion (Which May Be
Avai lable With The Corpora t ion) Or From His Securi ty
Deposi t /Retent ion Money, Or He Shal l Pay The Cla im
On Demand.
The Corporation Reserves The Right To Carry Out Post Payment
Audit And Technical Examination Of The Final Bill Including All
Supporting Voucher, Abstracts Etc. The Corporation Further
Reserves The Right To Enforce Recovery Of Any Over Payment
When Detected.
If As A Result Of Such Audit And Technical Examination Any
Overpayment Is Discovered In Respect Of Any Work Done By The
Contractor Or Alleged To Have Been Done By Him Under The
Contract, It Shall Be Recovered By The Corporation From The
Contractor By Any Or All Of The Methods Prescribed Above Or If
Underpayment Is Discovered The Amount Shall Be Duly Paid To
The Contractor By The Corporation.
Provided That The Aforesaid Right Of The Corpora t ion
To Adjust Overpayment Against Amount Due To The
Contractor Under Any Other Contract With
Corpora t ion Shal l Not Extend Beyond The Period Of
Two Years From The Date Of Payment Of The Final
Bi l l Or In Case The Final Bi l l Is A “Minus” Bil l , From
The Date Of The Amount Payable By The Contrac tor
Under The “Minus” Bil l Is Communicated To The
Contractor .
Any Amount Due To The Contrac tor Under This
Contract For Underpayment May Be Adjusted Against
Amount Then Due Or Which May At Any Time
Thereaf ter Become Due Before Payment Is To The
Contractor , From Him To Corpora t ion On Any Other
Contract Or Account Whatsoever .
104. Payment Of
Final Bi l l
Fina l Joint Measurement Along-With The
Representa t ives Of The Contrac tor Should Be Taken,
Recorded And Signed By The Contrac tors . Contrac tor
Should Submit The Final Bil l Within 1 Month Of
Physica l Complet ion Of The Work.
I f The Contrac tor Fai ls To Submit The Final Bi l l
Within 1 Month, The Corpora t ion Staff Will Prepare
The Final Bi l l Based On The Joint Measurement
Within Next 3 Months .
80
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Engineer’s Decis ion Shal l Be Final In Respect Of
Cla ims For Defect And Pending Cla ims Against
Contractors .
No Further Cla ims Should Be Made By The Contractor
Af ter Submission Of The Final Bi l l And These Shal l
Be Deemed To Have Been Waived And Ext inguished.
Payment Of Those I tems Of The Bil ls In Respect Of
Which There Is No Dispute And Of I tems In Dispute ,
For Quant i t ies And Rates As Approved By The
Commissioner Shall Be Made Within A Reasonable
Period As May Be Necessary For The Purpose Of
Veri f icat ion Etc .
Af ter Payment Of The Final Bi l l As Aforesaid Has
Been Made, The Contrac tor May, If He So Desires ,
Reconsider His Posi t ion In Respect Of A Disputed
Port ion Of The Final Bi l l And If He Fai ls To Do So
Within 84 Days, His Disputed Cla im Shal l Be Dealt
With As Provided In The Contrac t .
105.
Receipts To
Be Signed
In Firm’s
Name By Any
One Of The
Partners
Every Receipt For Money Which May Become Payable
Or For Any Securi ty Which May Become Transferable
To The Contrac tor Under These Present Shall , If
Signed In The Partnership Name By Any One Of The
Partners , Be A Good And Suff ic ient Discharge To The
Commissioner And Corpora t ion In Respect Of The
Money Or Securi ty Purport ing To Be Acknowledged
Thereby, And In The Event Of Death Of Any Of The
Partners During The Pendency Of This Contract , I t Is
Hereby Express ly Agreed That Every Receipt By Any
One Of The Surviving Partners Shal l , I f So Signed As
Aforesaid, Be Good And Suff icient Discharge As
Aforesaid Provided That Nothing In This Clause
Conta ined Shal l Be Deemed To Pre judice
Or Effec t Any Cla im Which The Commissioner Or The
Corpora t ion May Hereaf ter Have Against The Legal
Representa t ives Of Any Partners So Dying Or In
Respect Of Any Breach Of Any Of The Condit ions
Thereof , Provided Also That Nothing In This Clause
Conta ined Shal l Be Deemed Prejudice Or Affec t The
Respective Rights Or Obl iga t ions Of The Contrac tor
And Of The Legal Representa tive Of Any Deceased
Contractors Interest .
106. Payment On
Account Of
Pr ice Var ia t ion
Of Labour ,
Mater ia l And
As Per The Separa te Clause At tached .Sha l l be payable
only for works wi th t ime per iod more than
12months .Payment on account of pr ice var ia t ion shal l not
be payable for works wi th t ime per iod less than or equal
to12 months .
81
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
POL
Component
107. Compensa t ion
on account of
force majeure
events
Compensat ion on account of ‘Force Majeure events’
Etc . Shal l not be Payable Under This Contrac t .
PART-VI
TERMINATION OF CONTRACT AND SETTELEMENT OF DISPUTES
108. Cancella t ion
Of Contrac t In
Ful l Or In
Part .
I f The Contractor:
(A)At Any Time Makes Defaul t In Proceeding With
The Work With Due Dil igence And Cont inues To Do
So Af ter Not ice In Wri t ing Of Fourteen Days From
The Engineer; Or
B) Commits Default In Complying With Any Of The
Terms And Condi t ions Of Contrac t And Does Not
Remedy I t Within Fourteen Days Af ter A
Not ice In Wri t ing Is Given To Him In That Behalf By
The Engineer , Or
(C)Fai ls To Comple te The Works Or I tems With
Individual Dates Of Complet ion, On Or Before The
Date(S) Of Comple tion, And Does Not Complete Them
Within The Period Specif ied In A Not ice Given In
Wri t ing In That Behalf By The Engineer , Or
(D)Shal l Offer Or Give Or Agree To Give To Any
Person In Corpora t ion’s Service Or To Any Other
Person On His Behalf Any Gif t Or Considera tion Of
Any Kind As An Inducement Or Reward For Doing Or
Forbearing To Do Or For Having Done Or Forborne To
Do Any Act In Rela t ion To The Obta ining Or
Execution Of This Or Any Other Contrac t For The
Corpora t ion, Or
(E)Shal l Obta in A Contract With The Corpora t ion As
A Result Of Ring Tendering Or Other Non-Bona-Fide
Methods Of Competi t ive Tendering Or
F) Being An Individual Or A Firm, Any Partner
Thereof , Shal l At Any Time Be Adjudged Insolvent Or
Have A Receiving Order Or Order For Adminis t ra t ion
Of His Estate Made Against Him Or Shal l Take Any
Proceedings For Liquidat ion Or Composi t ion (Other
82
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Than Voluntary Liquidat ion For The Purpose Of
Amalgamation Or Reconstruc t ion) Under Any
Insolvency Act For The Time Being In Force Or
Make Any Conveyance Of Assignment Of His Effec ts
Or Composi t ion Or Arrangement For The Benef i t Of
His Credi tors Or Purport So To Do, Or If Any
Appl icat ion Be Made Under Any Inso lvency Act For
The Time Being In Force For The Sequestra t ion Of His
Esta te Or If A Trust Deed Be Executed By Him For
His Credi tors , Or
G) Being A Company, Shal l Pass A Resolut ion Or The
Court Shal l Make An Order For The Liquidat ion Of
His Affa i rs , Or A Receiver Or A Manager On Behalf
Of The Debenture Holders Shal l Be Appointed Or
Circumstances Shal l Arise Which Ent i t le The Court
Or Debenture Holders To Appoint A Receiver Or A
Manager , Or
H) Shall Suffer An Execution Being Levied On His Goods And
Allow It To Be Continued For A Period Of 21 Days, Or
Assigns, Transfers, Sublets (Engagement Of Labour On A Piece
Work Basis Or Labour With Materials Not To Be Incorporated In
The Work, Shall Not Be Deemed To Be Sub-Letting) Or Attempts
To Assign, Transfer Or Sub-Let The Entire Works Or Any Portion
Thereof Without The Prior Written Approval Of The Commissioner;
The Commissioner May, Without Prejudice To Any Other Right Or
Remedy Which Shall Have Accrued Or Shall Accrue Thereafter To
The Corporation By Written Notice Cancel The Contract As A
Whole Or Only Such Items Of Work In Default From The Contract.
I ) In The Case Of Abandonment Of The Work Owing
To Serious I l lness Or Death Of The Contrac tor .
109. Action When
Whole Of
Securi ty
Deposi t Is To
Be Forfe ited
In The Cases Mentioned In Above Clause No. 107 The
Engineer , On Behalf Of The Corpora t ion Shal l Have
Power To Adopt Any Of The Fol lowing Forces , As He
May Deem Best Sui ted To The Interes t Of The
Corpora t ion.
a ) To Rescind The Contrac t (For Which
Resciss ion Notice In Wri t ing To The Contractor
Under The Head Of Engineer Shal l Be Conclusive
Evidence) And In That Case The Security Deposi t Of
The Contrac tor Shal l Stand Forfei ted And Be
Absolute ly At The Disposal Of Corporat ion
b) To Carry Out Work Or Any Part Of The
83
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Departmenta l ly Debi t ing The Contractor With The
Cost Of The Work, Expendi ture Incurred On Tools
And Plan And Charges On Addi t ional Supervisory
Staff Inc luding The Cost Of Work Charge
Establ ishment Employed For Get t ing The
Unexecuted Part Of The Work Comple ted And
Credi t ing Him With The Value Of The Work Done
Departmenta l ly In Al l Respects In The Same Manner
And At The Same Rates As If I t Had Been Carr ied
Out By The Contrac tor Under The Terms Of His
Contract . The Certi f icate Of The Engineer As To
The Costs And Other Al l ied Expenses So Incurred
And As To The Value Of The Work So Done
Departmenta l ly And Shal l Be Final And Conclusive
Against The Contractor . c) To Order Tha t The Work Of The Cont rac tor Be
Measured Up And To Take Such Par t There Of As Shal l
Be On Executed Out Of His Hands , And To Give It To
Another Cont rac tor To Comple te , In Which Case Al l
Expenses Incur red On Adver t i sement For F ix ing A New
Cont rac t ing Agency, Addi t ional Supervi sory Sta f f
Inc luding The Cost Of Work Charge Estab l ishment And
A Cos t Of Work Executed By The New Cont rac t Agency
Wil l Be Debi ted To The Cont rac tor And The Value Of
The Work Done Or Executed Through A New Contractor
Sha l l Be Credi ted To The Contrac tor In Al l Respects
And In The Same Manner And At The Same Rates As If
I t Had Been Car r ied Out By The Contractor Under The
Terms Of This Cont rac t . The Cer t i f ica te Of The
Engineer As To All The Cost Of The Work And Other
Expenses Incur red As Aforesaid For Or In Get t ing The
Unexecuted Work Done By The New Contractor And As
To The Value Of The Work So Done Sha l l Be Fina l And
Conclus ive Agains t The Contractor .
In Case The Contrac t Shal l Be Rescinded Under
Clause (A) Above The Contrac tor Shal l Not Be
Ent i t le To Recover Or Be Paid, Any Sum For Any
Work Therefore Actual ly Performed By Him Under
This Contrac t Unless And Unt i l The Engineer Shal l
Have Cert if ied In Wri t ing The Performance Of The
Such Work And The Amount Payable To Him In
Respect Thereof And He Shall Only Be Ent i t led To
Be Paid The Amount So Cert if ied In The Event Of
Ei ther Of The Curses Referred To In Clauses (B) Or
(C) Being Adopted And The Cost Of The Executed
Departmenta l ly Or Through A New Contrac tor And
Other Al l ied Expenses Exceeding The Value Of The
Such Work Credi ted To The Contrac tor The Amount
84
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Of Excess Shal l Be Deducted From Any Money Due
To The Contrac tor , By Corpora t ion Under The
Contractor Otherwise Howsoever Or From His
Securi ty Deposi t Or The Sale Proceeds There Of
Provided, However, That Contrac tor Shal l Have No
Cla im Against Corpora t ion Even If The Cert if ied
Value Of Work Done Departmenta l ly Or Through A
New Contrac tor Exceed The Cert i f ied Cost Of Such
Work And All ied Expenses , Provided Always That
Which Ever Of The Three Courses Ment ioned In
Clauses (A), (B) Or (C) Is Adopted By The
Engineer , The Contrac tor Shal l Have No Cla im To
Compensat ion For Any Loss Susta ined By Him By
Reason His Having Purchased Or Procured Any
Materia ls , Or Entered Into Any Engagements , Or
Made Any Advance On Account Of Or With A View
To The Execut ion Of The Work Or The Performance
Of The Contract .
110. Act ion When
The Progress
Of Any
Par t i cular
Por t ion Of The
Work Is
Unsa t i s factory
If The Progress Of Any Part icular Port ion Of The
Work Is Unsat isfactory The Condi t ions Ment ioned In
Clause 108(B), Be Ent i t led To Lake Act ion Under
Clause Af ter Giving The Contrac tor 14 Days Not ice In
Wri t ing. The Contrac tor Will Have No Claim For
Compensat ion, For Any Loss Susta ined By Him Owing
To Such Act ion.
111. Cont rac tor
Remains Liable
To Pay
Compensa t ion
If Act ion Not
Taken Under
Clause 108 And
109
In Any Case In Which Any Of The Powers Conferred
Upon The Engineer By Clauses 108 & 109 Hereof
Shal l Have Become Exerc isable And The Same Shal l
Not Have Been Exerc ised The Non Exerc ise There Of
Shal l Not Const i tute A Walver Of Any Of The
Condi t ions Thereof And Such Powers Shal l Not
Withstanding The Excisable In The Event Of Any
Future Case Of Defaul t By The Contrac tor For Which
Under Any Clause Hereof He Is Declared Liable To
Pay Compensat ion Amount ing To The Whole Of This
Securi ty Deposi t And The Liabi l i ty Of The Contrac tor
For Past And Future Compensat ion Shal l Remain
Unaffec ted.
112. Power To
Take
Possess ion Of
Or Require
Removal Or
Sel l
Contractors
In The Event Of Engineer Taking Action Under Sub
Clauses (A) Or (C) Clause 108, He May If He So
Desires , Take Possess ion Of All Any Tools And Plant ,
Materia ls And Store In Or Upon The Work Of The Si te
Thereof Or Belonging To The Contrac tor , Or Procured
By Him And Intended To Be Uses For The Execution
Of The Work Or Any Part Thereof Paying Or Al lowing
85
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Plant . For The Same In Account At The Contrac t Rates Or In
The Case Of Contrac t Rates Not Being Appl icable At
Current Market Rates To Be Cert if ied By The Engineer
Whose Cert if ica te Thereof Shal l Be Final . In The
Alternative The Engineer May After Giving Not ice In
Wri t ing To The Contrac tor Or His Clerk Of The Work
Foreman Or Other Authorises Agent Requires Him To
Remove Such Tools And Plant , Materia l , Or Stores
From The Premises Within A Time To Be Specif ied In
Such Not ice And In The Event Of The Contractor
Fai l ing To Comply With Any Such Requis i t ion, The
Engineer May Remove Them At The Contractor’s
Expenses Or Sel l Them By Auct ions Or Priva te Sale
On Account Of The Contrac tor And At This Risk In
Al l Respect And The Cert if ica te Of The Engineer As
To The Expenses Of Any Such Removal And The
Amount Of The Proceeds And Expensed On Any Such
Sale Shal l Be Final And Conclusive Against The
Contractor .
113. No Interes t
For Delayed
Payments Due
To Disputes
Etc .
I t Is Agreed That The Corpora t ion Of Or I ts Engineer
Or Off icer Shal l Not Be Liable To Pay Any Interes t Or
Damage With Respect To Any Moneys Or Balance
Which May Be In I ts Or I ts Engineer’s Or Off icer’s
Hands Owing To Any Dispute Or Dif ference Or Cla im
Or Mis-Unders tanding Between The Corpora t ion Of Or
I ts Engineer Or Off icer On The One Hand And The
Contractor On The Other , Or With Respect To Any
Delay On The Part Of The Corpora t ion Of Navi
Mumabi Or I ts Engineer Or Off icers In Making
Periodical Or Final Payments Or In Any Other Respect
Whatever .
Payment To The Contrac tor Of The Amount Due Under
Each Of The Inter im Payment Cert if ica te Issued By
The Engineer Shall Be Made By The Corporat ion
Within 45 (Forty Five) Days If Such Cert i f ica te Being
Del ivered. I f The Corpora t ion Makes Late Payment ,
The Contrac tor Is To Be Paid Interest On The Late
Payment In The Next Payment . Interes t Shal l Be
Calcula ted From The Date By Which The Payment
Should Have Been Made Upto The Date When The Late
Payment Is Made At 6% Per Annum. I t Is A Term
Under This Contrac t That Payment Of Interest In
Excess Of 6% Is Barred On Any Amount Payable To
The Contrac tor On Any Account .
I t Is Dis t inc t ly Unders tood And Agreed Between The
Part ies Here to That Payment For Work Already
Executed By The Contrac tor Is Not A Condi t ion
86
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Precedent Under This Contrac t For The Execut ion Of
The Remaining Work.
114. Jurisdic t ion In Case Of Any Claim, Dispute Or Difference Aris ing
In Respect Of A Contrac t , The Cause Of Act ion
Thereof Shal l Be Deemed To Have Arisen In Navi
Mumbai And All Legal Proceedings In Respect Of Any
Such Claim, Dispute Or Difference Shal l Be Inst i tuted
In A Competent Court In The Ci ty Of Navi Mumbai
Only.
115. Final i ty Of
Decision And
Non-
Arbi t rabi l i ty
SETTLEMENT Of DISPUTES If A Dispute / Disputes Of Any Kind Whatsoever Arises
Between The Contrac tor And Engineers Representa t ive
The Same Shall Be Referred To The Engineer For His
Decision With Detai led Just if icat ion. Such Reference
Shal l Be Sta ted That I t Is Inpersunce To This Clause
For Review And Giving Decis ions By The Engineers .
The Engineer Shal l Give His Decis ion Within 14 Days
Of Receipt Of Not ice . I f Ei ther Party Is Not Sat isf ied
With The Decis ion Of The Engineer Or The Engineer
Fai ls To Give The Decision Within The Period Of 14
Days From The Date Of Receipt Of Not ice Under This
Clause , Such A Dispute May Be Referred To
Arbi t ra t ion As Per Clause No. 115.
116. Arbi t ra t ion Except Where , Otherwise Provided For In This
Contract , Al l Quest ions And Disputes Relat ing To The
Meaning Of Inst ruct ion Hear In Before Ment ioned Or
As To Any Other Quest ion, Claim, Right , Mat ter Of
Handing Whatsoever , I f Any Aris ing Out Of Or
Rela t ing To This Contract , Specif icat ion, Est imates,
Ins t ruc t ions , Orders Or These Condi t ions Or Otherwise
Concerning The Works, Or The Execution Or Fai lure
To Execute The Same Where Aris ing During The
Progress Of The Work Or Af ter Comple tion Or
Abandonment Thereof Of Any Matter Direc tly Or
Indirec t ly Connected With This Agreement Shal l Be
Referred To The Sole Arbi t ra t ion Of The Munic ipa l
Commissioner Of Navi Mumbai Corpora t ion, C.B.D.,
Navi Mumbai And If The Munic ipa l Commissioner Is
Unable Or Unwil l ing To Act As Such, Then The Mat ter
In Dispute Shal l Be Referred To Sole Arbi t ra t ion Or
Such Other Person Appointed By The Munic ipal
Commissioner Who Is Wil l ing To Act As Such
Arbi t ra tor . In Case , The Arbi t ra tor So Appointed Is
Unable To Act For Any Reasons, The Munic ipa l
Commissioner In The Event Of Such Inabi l i ty, Shal l
Appoint Another Person To Act As Arbi t ra tor In
87
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Accordance With The Terms Of The Contract . Such
Person Shal l Be Ent i t led To Proceed With The
Reference From The Sta te At Which It Was Lef t By
His Predecessors . I t Is Also A Term Of This Contract
That No Person Other Than A Person Appointed By
The Munic ipa l Commissioner As Aforesa id Should Act
As An Arbi t ra tor .
As Aforesa id The Provis ions Of The Arbi t ra t ion And
Conci l ia t ion Act 1996 Or Any Sta tutory Modif ica t ion
Or Reinactment There Of And The Rules Made There
Under And For The Time Being In Force Shal l Apply
To The Arbi t ra t ion Proceedings Under This Clause .
117. Laws
Governing
The Contrac t–
This Contrac t Shall Be Governed By The Indian Laws
For The Time Being In Force .
PART –VII
WORK COMPLETION & DEFECT LIABILITY
118. Clearance Of
Si te On
Complet ion
Upon The Issue Of Any Taking Over Cert if ica te The
Contractor Shal l Clear Away And Remove From That
Part Of The Si te To Which Such Taking-Over
Cert if ica te Rela tes Al l Contrac tor’s Equipment,
Surplus Materials , Rubbish And Temporary Works Of
Every Kind, And Leave Such Part Of The Si te And
Works Clean And In A Workman Like Condi t ion To
The Sat isfact ion Of The Engineer . I f The Contractor
Does Not Clear The Si te Within 15 Days Al l Materia l
Wil l Be Confisca ted And No Compensat ion Shal l Be
Paid And The Si te Wil l Be Cleared At Risk And Cost
Of The Contractor .
119. Submissions
Of Final
Complet ion
Drawings.
On Comple t ion Of The Work, The Contrac tors Shall
Furnish Free Of Cost 1 Set Of R.T.F. Of Final
Complet ion Drawings And 6 Bound Sets Of Copies Of
Drawings, Showing All The Deta i ls Checked And
Signed By The Engineer Within 2 Months Of
Complet ion Of Works. The Payment Of Final Bi l l
Shal l Be Made To The Contrac tors After Receipt Of
Above Sets . In Case The Contrac tor Fai ls To Submit
The Comple t ion Drawings, A Compensat ion At The
Rate Of Rs.5000/- Per Drawing Shal l Be Recovered
From The Final Bi l ls
120. Complet ion
Cert if ica te
(1) As Soon As Work Is Comple ted, The Contractor
Shal l Give Not ice Of Such Complet ion To The
88
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Engineer And Within 28 (Twenty-Eight) Days Of
Receipt Of Such Not ice The Engineer Shal l Inspect
The Works And Shal l Furnish The Contrac tor With A
Cert if ica te Of Comple t ion Indica ting (A) The Date Of
Complet ion (B) The Defects To Be Recti f ied By The
Contractor , And/Or (C) I tems For Which Payment
Shal l Be Made At Reduced Rates .
When Separa te Periods Of Complet ion Have Been
Specif ied For I tems Or Groups Of I tems, The Engineer
Shal l Issue Separa te Comple t ion Cert if ica tes For Such
I tems Or Groups Of I tems. No Cert if ica te Of
Complet ion Shal l Be Issued, Nor The Works Be
Considered To Be Complete Ti l l The Contrac tor Shal l
Have Removed From The Premises On Which The
Works Has Been Executed, Al l Scaffolding, Sheds And
Surplus Materials , Except Such As Required For
Rect if ica tion Of Defec ts , Rubbish And All Huts And
Sani tary Arrangements Required For His Workers On
The Si te In Connection With The Execut ion Of Works
As Shal l Have Been Erec ted By The Contrac tor Or The
Workmen And Cleaned All Dir t From All Parts
Of Bui lding(S) In , Upon Or About Which The Work
Has Been Executed Or Of Which He May Have Had
Possess ion For The Purpose Of Execut ion Thereof
And Cleaned Floors , Gut ters And Drains , Eased Doors
And Sashes , Oi led And Fastenings , Labeled The Keys
Clearly And Handed Them Over To The Engineer Or
His Representa t ive And Made The Whole Premises Fit
For Immedia te Occupat ion Or Use To The Sat isfac tion
Of The Engineer . I f The Contrac tor Shal l Fa i l To
Comply With Any Of The Requirements Of
This Condi t ion As Aforesaid, On Or Before The Date
Of Comple t ion Of Works, The Engineer May At The
Expense Of The Contractor Fulf i l l Such
Requirements And Dispose Of All The Surplus
Materia l And Rubbish Etc . As He Thinks Fi t And The
Contractor Shal l Have No Claims In Respect Of Any
Such Materia l Except For Any Sum Actual ly Real ised
By The Sale Thereof Less The Cost Of Fulf i l l ing The
Requirements And Any Other Amount That May Be
Due From The Contractor . I f The Expense Of
Fulf i l l ing Such Requirement Is More Than The Amount
Real ises On Such Disposal As Aforesaid, The
Contractor Shal l Forthwith On Demand Pay Such
Excess .
The Contractor`S Notice Of Completion As Aforesaid Shall Have
89
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
To Accompanied With One Set Of Tracings Of Final Completion
Drawings On RTF And Six Bound Sets Of Copies Of As Built
Drawings, Failing Which The Notice Shall Be Deemed To Have Not
Been Issued At All.
(2) If At Any Time Before Completion Of The Entire Work, Items
Or Groups Of Items For Which Separate Periods Of Completion
Have Been Specified, Have Been Completed, The Engineer With
The Consent Of The Contractor Takes Possession Of Any Part Or
Parts Of The Same (Any Such Part Or Parts Being Hereinafter In
This Condition Referred To As "The Relevant Part") Then Not-
Withstanding Anything Expressed Or Implied Elsewhere In This
Contract.
(a) Within 28days (Twenty-Eight Days) Of Date Of Completion Of
Such Items Or Group Of Items Or Possession Of The Relevant Part
The Engineer Shall Issue A Completion Certificate For The
Relevant Part Provided The Contractor Fulfills His Obligation For
The Relevant Part As In Sub-Para (1) Above
(b) The Defects Liability Period In Respect Of Such Items And
Relevant Part Shall Be Deemed To Have Commenced From The
Certified Date Of Completion Of Such Items Or Relevant Part As
The Case May Be.
(c ) For The Purpose Of Ascerta ining Compensat ion For
Delay Under Clause No. 88 In Respect Of Any
Period During Which The Works Are Not Comple ted
The Relevant Part Shal l Be Deemed To Form A
Separa te I tem Or Group, With Date Of Comple t ion As
Given In The Contrac t Or As Extended Under Clause
No.80 And Actual Date Of Comple t ion As Cert if ied By
The Engineer Under This Condi t ion.
(3) If Any Part Of The Work Shal l Have Been
Substant ial ly Comple ted And Shal l Have Sat isfac tori ly
Passed Any Final Test That May Be Prescribed Under
The Contrac t , The Engineer May Issue A Cert i f ica te Of
Complet ion In Respect Of That Part Of The
Works Before Comple t ion Of The Whole Works And
Upon The Issue Of Such Cert if icates , The Contrac tors
Shal l Be Deemed To Have Undertaken To Comple te
Any Outs tanding Works In That Part Of The Works
During The Period Of Maintenance .
90
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
121. Taking Over
Of Work
Corpora t ion Wil l Take Over The Work At Any Stage
Whenever Required In The Interes t Of Publ ic By
Giving 10 Days Not ice To The Contrac tor .
122. Defects
Liabi l i ty
Period
The Contractor Shal l Be Responsible To Make
Good And Remedy At His Own Expense Within Such
Period As May Be St ipula ted By The Engineer Any
Defects Which May Develop Or Be Not iced Before The
Expiry Of The Period Ment ioned In The Schedule `A'
Here to From Certi f ied Date Of Comple t ion And
Int imat ion Of Which Has Been Sent To The Contrac tor
Within 7 Days Of Expiry Of The Said Period By Let ter
Sent By Hand Del ivery Or By Regis tered Post
123. Liabi l i ty For
Defects Or
Imperfec tions
And
Rect if ica tion
Thereof
If I t Shal l Appear To The Engineer Or To His
Representa t ive At Any Time During Construc t ion
Or Reconstruc t ion Or During The Defects‚ Liabi l i ty
Period, That Any Work Has Been Executed With
Unsound, Imperfec t Or Unski l l ful Workmanship Or
That Any Material Or Art ic le Provided By The
Contractor For Execution Of Thereof The Work Is
Unsound Or Of A Qual i ty Infer ior To That Contrac ted
For, Or Otherwise, Not In Accordance With The
Contract , Or That Any Defect , Shrinkage Or Other
Faul ts Have Appeared In The Work Aris ing Out Of
Defect ive Or Improper Materia ls Or Workmanship, The
Contractor Shal l , Upon Receipt Of Not ice In
Wri t ing In That Behalf From The Engineer Forthwith
Rect ify Or Remove Or Reconstruc t The Work So
Specif ied In Whole Or Part , As The Case May Require
Or, As The Case May Be, And / Or Remove The
Materia ls Or Art ic les So Specif ied And Provide Other
Proper And Sui table Materia ls Or Art ic les At His Own
Expense Notwithstanding That The Same May Have
Been Inadvertent ly Passed, Cert if ied And Paid For,
And In The Event Of His Fail ing To Do So Within The
Period To Be Specif ied By The Engineer In His Not ice
Aforesaid The Engineer May Rect ify Or Remove And
Re-Execute The Work And/Or Remove And Replace
With Others The Materials Or Art ic les Complained Of,
As The Case May Be, By Other Means At The Risk
And Cost Of The Contrac tor .
In Case Of Repairs And Maintenance Work, Splashes
And Droppings From Whitewashing, Paint ing Etc .
Shal l Be Removed And Surfaces Cleaned
Simultaneously With Comple t ion Of These I tems Of
91
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Work In Individual Rooms, Quarters Or Premises Etc .
Where The Work Is Done, Without Waiting For
Complet ion Of All Other I tems Of Work In The
Contract . In Case The Contrac tor Fai ls To Comply
With Requirement Of This Condi t ion, The Engineer
Shal l Have The Right To Get The Work Done By Other
Means At The Risk And Cost Of The Contrac tor .
The Engineer Shal l Give Three Days Not ice In Wri t ing
To The Contrac tor Before Taking Such Act ion.
The Engineer Reserves The Right To Decide The Rates And Prices
Of The Works As Executed By Other Means At The Risk And Cost
Of The Contractor.
The Cost And Expenses Thereby Incurred On The
Works And Also Such Penalty As The Engineer May
Impose For Such Wrongful Conduct Of The Contrac tor
(Which Penal ty, The Engineer Shal l Be Competent To
Impose And Against The Imposit ion Of Which Or The
Amount Thereof By The Engineer An Appeal Shal l Lie
Only To The Commissioner Within Seven Days Of The
Order In That Behalf Of The Engineer And The
Decisions Of The Commissioner Shal l Be Final And
Binding Upon The Contractor) May Be Deducted From
Any Money Due Or To Become Due To The
Contractor , Under This Or Any Other Contract
Between The Contrac tor And The Corpora t ion.
124. Maintenance The Contrac tor Shal l Maintain The Finished Surface
Of The Road For A Period As Specif ied In Contrac t
Document , Af ter The Comple tion Of Work Without
Any Extra Cost To Corpora t ion Irrespective Of The
Designs , Standards And Specif icat ions And Actual
Traff ic Etc . The Contrac tor Shal l Get The Potholes
Fi l led Up With Asphal t Mix Materia ls And Keep The
Road Surface In Good Condi t ion Throughout The
Year . 5 Percent Amount Of The Tota l Work Done
Shal l Be With Held From Running Account Bi l l For
The Period Specif ied In The Contrac t Document From
The Date Of Comple t ion Of Work As Maintenance
Charges Of Maintaining And Keeping The Road In
Good Condi t ion. This 5 Percent Amount Withheld
Towards Maintenance Charges Shal l Be Allowed To
Be Replaced With Bank Guarantee Or Other
Recognised Forms At Intermedia te Stage , I f So,
Desired In Wri t ing. This Maintenance Charges Shal l
Be In Addi t ion To Securi ty Deposi t .
On Complet ion Of The Work In Al l Respects ,
92
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Necessary Cert if ica tes Wil l Be Issued By The
Engineer And The Defect Liabi l i ty Period Wil l Be
Counted From The Date Of Issue Of Such Cert i f ica tes
Al l Damages During Execut ion Shal l Be Made Good
By The Contractor At His Cost . He Will Be
Responsible For Any Damage To The Road Surface
Inc luding B.T. Surface In Rainy Season And During
Construc t ion And Guaranteed Maintenance Period And
No Separa te Payment Will Be Made For Resort ing
Such Damages.
Defect ive Work Is Liable To Be Rejected At Any
Stage . The Contrac tor On No Account Can Refuse To
Rect ify Defec ts Merely On Reasons That Further
Work Has Been Carr ied Out . No Extra Payments Shal l
Be Made For Such Rect if ica tion.
125. Defects
Liabi l i ty
Cert if ica te
The Contract Shal l Not Be Considered As Comple ted
Unt i l A Defects Liabi l i ty Cert if ica te Shal l Have Been
Signed By The Engineer And Del ivered To The
Contractor , Sta t ing The Date On Which The Contrac tor
Shal l Have Comple ted His Obl iga t ions To Execute And
Complete The Works And Remedy Any Defects
There in To The Engineer’s Sat isfact ion. The Defects
Liabi l i ty Cert i f ica te Shal l Be Given By The Engineer
Within 28 Days After The Expira t ion Of The Lates t
Such Period, Or As Soon Thereaf ter As Any Works
Inst ruc ted, Pursuant To Clauses 121 And Have Been
Completed To The Sat isfac t ion Of The Engineer ,
Provided That The Issue Of The Defects Liabi l i ty
Cert if ica te Shall Not Be A Condit ion Precedent To
Payment To The Contrac tor Of The Retent ion Money.
126. Unfulf i l led
Obl iga t ions
Notwithstanding The Issue Of The Defects Liabi l i ty
Cert if ica te The Contrac tor And The Corpora t ion
Shal l Remain Liable For The Fulf i l lment Of Any
Obl iga t ion Incurred Under The Provis ions Of The
Contract Prior To The Issue Of The Defects Liabi l i ty
Cert if ica te Is Issued And, For The Purposes Of
Determining The Nature And Extent Of Any Such
Obl iga t ion, The Contrac t Shal l Be Deemed To
Remain In Force Between The Part ies To The
Contract . Notwithstanding The Issue Of The Defects
Liabi l i ty Cert i f icate The Contrac tor And The
Corpora t ion Shall Remain Liable For The
Fulf i l lment Of Any Obl iga t ion Incurred Under The
Provis ions Of The Contract Prior To The Issue Of
The Defects Liabi l i ty Cert i f ica te Is Issued And, For
The Purposes Of Determining The Nature And
Extent Of Any Such Obl iga t ion, The Contract Shal l
93
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Be Deemed To Remain In Force Between The Part ies
To The Contrac t .
127. Refund Of
Securi ty
Deposi t
The Amount Of Securi ty Deposi t Lodged By A
Contractor Shal l Be Refunded Along With The
Payment Of The Final Bil l , Or Af ter The Expiry Of
The Defect Liabi l i ty Period Which Ever Is Later
Unless The Engineer Is Of The Opinion That In Order
To Safeguard Against Defects And Pending Cla ims
Against The Contrac tor I t Is Necessary To Reta in
More Amount Retained As Retention Money.
94
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
ANNEXURE ‘A’
(See Condition 24)
Safety Provisions
1. Suitable Scaffolds Shall Be Provided For Workmen For All That Cannot Safely Be Done From
The Ground, Or From Solid Construction Except Such Short Period Work As Can Be Done
Safely From Ladders. When A Ladder Is Used An Extra Mazdoor Shall Be Engaged For
Holding The Ladder And If The Ladder Is Used For Carrying Materials As Well, Suitable
Footholds And Handholds Shall Be Provided On The Ladder And The Ladder Shall Be Given An
Inclination Not Steeper Than ¼ To 1 ( ¼ Horizontal And 1 Vertical).
2. Scaffolding Or Staging More Than 3.25 Meters Above The Ground Or Floor, Swung Or
Suspended From An Overhead Support Or Erected With Stationary Support, Shall Have A Guard
Rail Properly Attached, Belted Braced And Other Wise Secured At Least 1 Meter High Above
The Floor Or Platform Of Such Scaffolding Or Staging And Extending Along The Entire Length
Of The Outside And Ends Thereof With Only Such Openings As May Be Necessary For The
Delivery Of Materials. Such Scaffolding Or Staging Shall Be So Fastened As To Prevent It
From Swaying From The Building Or Structure.
3. Working Platform, Gangways, And Stairways Shall Be So Constructed That They Do Not Sag
Unduly Or Unequally, And If Height Of A Platform Or Gangway Or Stairway Is More Than 3.25
Meters Above Ground Level Or Floor Level, It Shall Be Closely Boarded, Have Adequate Width
And Be Suitably Fenced As Described In 2 Above.
4. Every Opening In Floor Of A Building Or In A Working Platform Shall Be Provided With
Suitable Means To Prevent Fall Or Persons Or Materials By Providing Suitable Fencing Or
Railing With A Minimum Height Of 1 Meter.
5. Safe Means Of Access Shall Be Provided To All Working Platforms And Other Working Places.
Every Ladder Shall Be Securely Fixed. No Portable Single Ladder Shall Be Over 9 Meters In
Length. Width Between Side Rails In A Rung Ladder Shall In No Case Be Less Than 30 Cm For
Ladder Upto And Including 3 Meters In Length. For Longer Ladders This Width Shall Be
Increased By At Least 6 Mm For Each Additional 30 Cm Of Length. Uniform Step Spacing Shall
Not Exceed 30 Cm.
Adequate Precaution Shall Be Taken To Prevent Danger From Electrical Equipment. No
Materials On Any Of The Sites Shall Be So Stacked Or Places As To Cause Danger Or
Inconvenience To Any Person Or The Public. The Contractor Shall Provided All Necessary
Fencing And Lights To Protect Public From Accidents And Shall Be Bound To Bear Expenses
Of Defence Of Every Suit, Action Or Other Proceeding At Law That May Be Brought By Any
Person For Injury Sustained Owing To Neglect Of The Above Precautions And To Pay Any
Damages And Costs Which May Be Awarded In Any Such Suit, Action Or Proceedings To Any
Such Person Or Which May With The Consent Of The Contractor Be Paid To Compromise Any
Claim By Any Such Person.
Excavation And Trenching :- All Trenches, 1.5 Metres Or More In Depth , Shall At All Times Be
Supplied With At Least One Ladder For Each 30 Metres In Length Or Fraction Thereof, Ladder
Shall Be Extended From Bottom Of Trench To At Least 1 Metre Above Surface Of The Ground
Sides Of A Trench Which Is 1.5 Meters Or More In Depth Shall Be Stepped Back To Give
Suitable Slope, Or Securely Held By Timber Bracing, So As To Avoid The Danger Of Sides
95
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Collapsing. Excavated Material Shall Not Be Placed Within 1.5 Meters Of Edge Of Trench Or
Half Or Depth Of Trench, Whichever Is More. Cutting Shall Be Done From Top To Bottom.
Under No Circumstances Shall Undermining Or Under Cutting Be Done.
7. Demolition : Before Any Demolition Work Is Commenced And Also During The Process Of
The Work
(a) All Roads And Open Areas Adjacent To The Work Site Shall Either Be Closed Or Suitably
Protected.
(b) No Electric Cable Or Apparatus Which Is Liable To Be A Source Of Danger Over A Cable
Or Apparatus Used By Operator Shall Remain Electrically Charged,
(c) All Practical Steps Shall Be Taken To Prevent Danger To Persons Employed, From Risk Of
Fire Or Explosion, Or Flooding. No Floor, Roof Or Other Part Of A Building Shall Be So
Overloaded With Debris Or Materials As To Render It Unsafe.
8. All Necessary Personal Safety Equipment As Considered Adequate By The Engineer Shall Be
Available For Use Of Persons Employed On The Site And Maintained In A Condition Suitable
For Immediate Use, And The Contractor Shall Take Adequate Steps To Ensure Proper Use Of
Equipment By Those Concerned.
(a) Workers Employed On Mixing Asphaltic Materials, Cement And Lime Mortars/Concrete
Shall Be Provided With Protective Footwear, Handgloves And Goggles.
(b) Those Engaged In Handling Any Material Which Is Injurious To Eyes Shall Be Provided
With Protective Goggles.
(c) Those Engaged In Welding Works Shall Be Provided With Welder’s Protective Eye-Shields.
(d) Stone Breakers Shall Be Provided With Protective Goggles And Protective Clothing And
Seated At Sufficiently Safe Intervals.
(e) When Workers Are Employed In Sewers And Manholes, Which Are In Use, The Contractor
Shall Ensure That Manhole Covers Are Opened And Manholes Are Ventilated At Least For
An Hour Before Workers Are Allowed To Get Into Them. Manholes So Opened Shall Be
Cordoned Off With Suitable Railing And Proided With Warning Signals Or Boards To
Prevent Accident To Public.
(f) The Contractor Shall Not Employ Men Below The Age Of 18 And Women On The Work Of
Painting With Products Containing Lead In Any Form. Whenever Men Above The Age Of 18
Are Employed On The Work Of Lead Painting The Following Precautions Shall Be Taken;
(g) No Paint Containing Lead Or Lead Products Shall Be Used Except In The Form Of Paste Or
Ready Made Paint.
(i) Suitable Face Masks Shall Be Supplied For Use By Workers When Paint Is Applied In
The Form Of Spray Or Surface Having Lead Paint Dry Rubbed And Scrapped.
(ii) Overalls Shall Be Supplied By The Contractor To Workmen And Adequate Facilities
Shall Be Provided To Enable Working Painters To Wash During And On Cessation Of
Work.
9. When Work Is Done Near Any Place Where There Is Risk Of Drowning, All Necessary
Equipment Shall Be Provided And Kept Ready For Use And All Necessary Steps Taken For
Prompt Rescue Of Any Person In Danger And Adequate Provision Made For Prompt First Aid
Treatment Of All Injuries Likely To Be Sustained During The Course Of The Work.
96
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
10 Use Of Hoisting Machines And Tackle Including Their Attachments, Anchorage And
Supports Shall Conform To The Following :
(A) (I) These Shall Be Of Good Mechanical Construction, Sound Material And Adequate
Strength And Free From Patent Defects And Shall Be Kept In Good Repair And In Good
Working Order.
(Ii) Every Rope Used In Hoisting Or Lowering Materials Or As A Means Of Suspension
Shall Be Of Durable Quality And Adequate Strength,And Free From Patent Defects.
(B) Every Crane Driver Or Hoisting Appliance Operator Shall Be Properly Qualified And No
Person Under The Age Of 21 Years Shall Be Incharge Of Any Hoisting Machine Including
Any Scaffold Winch Or Give Signals To Operator.
(C) In Case Of Every Hoisting Machine And Of Every Chain Ring Hook, Shackle, Swivel And
Pulley Block Used In Hoisting Or Lowering Or As Means Of Suspension, Safe Working
Load Shall Be Ascertained By Adequate Means. Every Hoisting Machine And All Gear
Referred To Above Shall Be Plainly Marked With Safe Working Load. In Case Of Hoisting
Machine Having A Variable Safe Working Load, Each Safe Working Load And The
Conditions Under Which It Is Applicable Shall Be Clearly Indicated. No Part Of Any
Machine Or Of Any Gear Referred To Above In This Paragraph Shall Be Loaded Beyond
Safe Working Load Except For The Purpose Of Testing.
(D) In Case Of Departmental Machine, Safe Working Load Shall Be Notified By The Engineer,
As Regards Contractor’s Machine The Contractor Shall Notify Safe Working Load Of Each
Machine To The Engineer Whenever He Brings It To Site Of Work And Get It Verified By
The Engineer.
11. Motors, Gearing, Transmission, Electric Wiring And Other Dangerous Parts Of Hoisting
Appliances Shall Be Provided With Efficient Safeguards, Hoisting Appliances Shall Be Provided
With Such Means As Will Reduce To The Minimum Risk Of Accidental Descent Of Load,
Adequate Precautions Shall Be Taken To Reduce To The Minimum Risk Of Any Part Of A
Suspended Load Becoming Accidentally Displaced. When Workers Are Employed On Electrical
Installations Which Are Already Energized, Insulating Mats, Wearing Apparel Such As Gloves,
Sleeves And Boots, As May Be Necessary, Shall Be Provided. Workers Shall Not Wear Any
Rings, Watches And Carry Keys Or Other Materials Which Are Good Conductors Of Electricity.
12. All Scaffolds, Ladders And Other Safety Devices Mentioned Or Described Herein Shall Be
Maintained In A Safe Condition And No Scaffold, Ladder Or Equipment Shall Be Altered Or
Removed While It Is In Use. Adequate Washing Facilities Shall Be Provided At Or Near Places
Of Work.
13. These Safety Provision Shall Be Brought To The Notice Of All Concerned By Display On A
Notice Board At A Prominent Place At The Work Spot. Persons Responsible For Ensuring
Compliance With The Safety Provisions Shall Be Named Therein By The Contractor.
97
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
14. To Ensure Effective Enforcement Of The Rules And Regulations Relating To Safety Precautions,
Arrangements Made By The Contractor Shall Be Open To Inspection By The Engineer Or His
Representative And The Inspecting Officers.
15. Notwithstanding The Above Provisions 1 To 14, The Contractor Is Not Exempted From The
Operation Of Any Other Act Or Rule In Force.
16. Complete Continuous Barricading Of G.I. Sheet Height 1.5 Mtr., With The Ground Clearance Of
0.60 Mtr. From The Ground Level And Completely Supported By M.S. Angles (As Per Design &
Instructions By The Engineer ) Must Be Provided. For Works Of Concrete And Asphalt Road,
This Should Be Maintained Till Completion Of Work.
98
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
ANNEXURE ‘B’ (See Condition No. 27)
DETAILS OF KEY PERSONNEL WITH TENDERER WHO ARE PROPOSED FOR THIS
CONTRACT
Sr No Description Of
Category
Name Qualification Professional
Experience
And Details
Of Works
Carried Out
Since How
Long In
Service
With
Tenderer
Remarks
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
SIGNATURE OF TENDERER:
DATE:-
99
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
ANNEXURE ‘C’
"��������" �� ��� �ह���������� �� ���� �ह� �������, �� ��� �ह����������. �� ��� . ___________________________
___________________________
___________________________
�������� ��ह�� �����
����� �������� ��ह�� ��� �, �� ��� �ह���������� !"�� #��� $��� %���� _________
/��.'�(� ���� ��)� ��. / /200 �,���
_______________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________ ����� ������ ��)�� -�� 'ह�.
100
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
.��/���� '0ह ��� �$��� �1� ��2�� ���3� 'ह �.
1. �� 5�6������ � 7� � 8��69�� !�:��� ����� �(�� 0ह��� �� 5�6 �(���9�� 2 6(��
� 7�� � $���� '�;�� 'ह�. <�=��� ����� �(�� ��� ������� 2 6(�� ����� �)�
����� 'ह�.
2. )��� 6>?� � 6# '�A��5�#ह' ������������� #��� #�= �6 #�3��� �6, :���B�
����,������ �!�C�) � D!��E � �5 ��. -----------------��. / /2016 ह� #�=
������� �����5 �#��.
3. �� 5�6������ '��� ��� ��3I�� ��J��� �� �� ���ह)�.
4. �ह������� �� 5�6������ /.�L �� ��M�� ����� �(�� ��N�� ��6 / � 6�?
�#O6�)/���� �� 5�6����# �� �.
5. �ह������� �� )� �� 5�6����# � ��ह #��� ��M��# .��� �(�� �� 5�6������
�ह������� # ���� ��)��� 'ह�.
6. #�� ����9�� #���I� QR�S� ��J�# ����� ���I� -�M��# � ����� $��� / ���
,��������9�� हT� .���� ����?� ह �.
��� #�= ���� � �6 '0ह ��J)���=� ���M�� �#�� .�� '0ह��� ���=��� ��,� � ��3�����
'ह��. ह� �������� � ��)R��� ��ह�� ���� 'ह�.
�$��� :- #. �. ?., �������, �� ��� - 400 614.
������ :- / /2016
101
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
#�L��� �������� ��ह�� �����
1. !��L� ���� : _______________________ !��L� (�� 5�6���) �X� : _______________________ ���� : ____________________
: ______________________ �X� : ______________________ : _______________________ : _______________________ 2. !��L� : _______________________ ���� : ______________________ ��� ��(�� �X� : ______________________ : ______________________ : ______________________ ���� !��L� :-
����� :-
��� ���� �ह��� ���ल��
#���,� �Y�
!"�� #���9�� R��� � � #�!���#�L #���,� �Y� <�6��Z��� '� 'ह�.
���� : ________________________ !��L� : _______________________
���� : ________________________ !��L� : _______________________
102
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
������� � � ���� ����� ��� �� �� ���� ����.
�� ��� �ह���������� ������//��#��/��3/205/2009,
��. 08/12/2009 ���� : 1. ������//��#�/��3/175/2009, ��.15/06/2009 ����5�. 2. �^�� �ह�����L� � �Y��� ����5�, �ह���_` ��a� ��� �����
������ 20/07/2009 � )�� �5 �� ��� :- ����� (Registration) �� ��� �ह���������� 9������ ��Z��� ������ �������� /��b���� #�c#c� , ��R���-��:!�, ��� ���3����, R��� ��� !�:��� �#���. ��� ������0����J� �ह������� 9�� !"��� ����X�� �#d�� �L������ ह(� /!"���� ह � ��ह. .���J� �#� �������� ��)!`��� ef(6 1908 9�� Compulsorily Registerbale �� /����� � ?� ��ह�. ��5 �ह������� � ����X� ��?��w x��� ��Z���� #�= �������� �^���E � �#�� ��)��� 'ह�. ��,��� -�.� (Stamp Duty) [A] ���= �� 5�6 (Work Contract) 9�� �!�C�)�# ������� �(�� (a) :��� 10 ��R������ �#�� �� :��� 100/-
(b) :��� 10 ��R��� �� �#�� �� :��� 100 ��3� :��� 10 ��R��� �1� /.��� :��� 1 ��R�#�$ :��� 100 ��3� �� :��� 5 ��R ���� �Y��� �M� ��� 'ह� .
[B] ���#� ���� :- #�� /���9�� �!�C�)�# <(� ��3�����9�� �����_$ 1 �� ��9��� 5 (� �) �#��
��J���� ��)���M���� R���R��/���� ��= �Y��� �M� ��� 'ह�.
�5�6� ��� ���� �ह��� ���ल��
103
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
ANNEXURE ‘D’
I N D E M N I T Y B O N D
ON STAMP PAPER OF VALUE OF RS. 100/-
In Consideration Of Navi Mumbai Muncipal Corporation Incorporated Under BPMC Act 1949 And
Having Its Office At Blapur Bhavan, 1st Floor, C.B.D. Belapur, Navi Mumbai-400614. (Hereinafter
Referred To As The Corporation, Which Expression, Shall Unless It Be Repugnant To The Context Or
Meaning Thereof Includes Its Successors Or Assigns) Having Awarded To M/S.
___________________________________________________________
______________________________________________ A Partnership/Proprietorship/Pvt. Ltd./Ltd.
Firm Carrying In Such Name And Style The Business Of Construction (Hereinafter Referred To As
The Contractor Which Expression Shall, Unless It Be Repugnant To The Context Or Meaning Thereof,
Includes Its Partners Or Partner/Proprietor For The Time Being Or Its Surviving Partner Or His Heirs
And Executors) For The Work Of
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
______At An ______ Percent Above / Below Estimated Cost Of Rs. ________________________ And
In Compliance With One Of The Terms And Conditions Of The Said Contract.
We, M/S. _________________________________________________________________ Being The
Contractor Do Hereby Agree And Undertake And Indemnify And Save Harmless The Corporation In
Consequence Of The Manufacturing Defect, Patent Manufacturing Defect And Construction Defect
Found In The Constructed Work At Any Time In A Defect Liability Period Of _______ Years With The
Grant Of Completion Certificate By The Corporation To The Contractor In Accordance With And
Subject To The Provision Of The Said Contract.
It Is Hereby Agreed And Declared That The City Engineer Of The Corporation Or Any Officer Acting
As Such City Engineer Of The Corporation Shall Be The Competent Authority To Decide Upon The
Question As To The Defects In The Construction Of Works And The Remedy To Be Applied By The
Contractor For Their Rectification At His Cost And His Decision Shall Be Final, Conclusive And
104
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Binding Upon Both The Corporation And The Contractor, Provided That The City Engineer Shall So
Decide After Giving An Opportunity To The Contractor To Represent His Case.
We Hereby Agree And Undertake Irrevocable And Unconditionally To Carry Out Duly Each And Very
Decision, Order, Direction Or Instruction As May Be Issued By The Said City Engineer Or As The Case
May Be, The Officer Of The Corporation In His Behalf And To Rectify Properly And Promptly The
Defect Found By Him.
FOR AND ON BEHALF OF M/S._____________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
Place :- __________________
Date :- __________________
S E A L
Notary, Maharashtra State BEFORE ME
Notary, Maharashtra State
Noted And Registered At _________________________________
Serial Number _______________________________
For & On Behalf Of Corporation.
Accepted By.
105
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
ANNEXURE – 9
AFFIDAVIT ON STAMP PAPER OF VALUE OF RS. 100/-
I/We Hereby State That We Are Aware Of The Provisions Of Section 10(1) 10(F) & (G) Of The BMPC
Act. 1949 Which Is Reproduced Below, And Solemnly State That We Have No Partnership Or Any
Share Of The Any Corporator Of Any Corporation In Our Company And Are Not Associated Presently
Or In The Past With Any Of The Office Bearers Of The Navi Mumbai Corporation Either Directly Of
Indirectly.
Extract Of Sec 10 Of BMPC Act:
10 (E) Subject To The Provision Of Section 13 And 404, A Person Shall Be Disqualified For Being
Elected And For Being A Counceller.
10 (F) Subject To The Provisions Sub-Section (2) Has Directly, By Himself Or His Partner Any
Share Or Interest In Any Contract Or Employment With By Or On Behalf Of The
Corporation.”
10(G) “Having Been Elected A Councilor Is Retained Or Employed In Any Professional Capacity
In Connection With Any Cause Of Proceeding In Which By Or On Behalf Of The
Corporation.”
We Are Aware That The Above Information If Found To Be Untrue Or False, We Are Liable To Be
Disqualified And The Earnest Money Accompanying The Tender Shall Stand Forfeited To The
Corporation. We Are Also Aware That If The Information Produced Above If Found To Be Untrue Or
False During The Currency Of The Contract. We Shall Be Held To Default And The Contract, If Any
Awarded To Us, Shall Be Liable To Be Terminated With All Its Concurrences.
Tenderer ………………………………………
Address ……………………………………….
………………………………………
Date The …………….. Day Of ……………… 20 Signature Of Tenderer
Witness ………………………………………
Address ………………………………………
………………………………………
Occupation ……………………………………… Signature Of Witness
106
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
PRICE VARIATION CLAUSE.
Accompaniment to the Government Resolution
Public Works Department No. CAT/06/04/148, dt.16/05/2005.
If during the operative period of the contract as defined in condition (i) below, there shall be any varation
in the consumer price Index (New series) for Industrial workers for Mumbai Center as per the Labour
Gazette published by the Commissioner of Labour, Government of Maharashtra and or in the wholesale
price index for all commodities prepared by the office of Economic Adviser, Ministry of Industry,
Government of India, or in the price of petrol/oil and lubricants and major construction materials like
bitumen, cement, steel various types of metal pipes etc, then subject to the other conditions mentioned
below, price adjustments, on account of
(1) Labour component
(2) Material component
(3) Petrol, Oil and Lubricant components
(4) Bitument Component
(5) HYSD & Mild Steel Component
(6) Cement Component
(7) C.I. and D.I. pipes component.
Calculation as per the formula, hereinafter appearing, shall be made. Apart from these, no other
adjustments shall be made to the contract price for any reasons whatsoever, component percentage as
given below are as of the total cost of work put to tender. Total of Labour, Material & POL components
shall be 100 and other components shall be as per actuals.
(1) Labour component K1 - 27 %
(2) Material component K2 - 72 %
(3) POL components K3 - 1 %
(4) Bitumen Component Actual
(5) T.M.T. Steel Component Actual
(6) Cement Component Actual
(7) C.I. and D.I. pipes component Actual
NOTE :- If cement, steel, Bitumen C.I. & D.I. pipes are supplied on schedule “A” then
respective component shall not be considered. Also if particulars component is
not relevent same shall be deleted.
(1) FORMULA FOR LABOUR COMPONENT :-
V1 = 0.85 Px[ K1 x L1-L0 ]
100 L0
Where :-
V1 = Amount of price variation in rupees to be allowed for labour component..
P = Cost of work done during the quarter under consideration.
107
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Minus
The Cost of cement, T.M.T./H.Y.S.D. and Mild steel, Bitumen C.I. & D.I. pipes calculated at the
basic star rates as applicable for the tender, consumed during the quarter under consideration.
(These star rates shall be specified here) The Star Rates shall be Considered as per the Material
cost Considered for the preparation of estimate or at the time of comparison with new D.S.R.
K1 = Percentage of Labour component as indicated above.
L0 = Basic consumer price Index shall be average wholesale price index for the quarter
preceding the month in which to the date prescribed for receipt of tender falls.
L1 = Average consumer price Index for Mumbai Center for the quarter under
consideration.
(2) FORMULA FOR MATERIALS COMPONENT :-
V2 = 0.85 P x [ K2 x M1-M0 ]
100 M0
Where :-
V2 = Amount of price variation in rupees to be allowed for Material component.
P = Same as worked out for labour component.
K2 = Percentage of Material component as indicated above.
M0 = Basic wholesale price Index shall be average wholesale price index for the
quarter
preceeding the month in which to the last date prescribed for receipt of tender,
falls.
M1 = Average wholesale price Index during the quarter under consideration.
(3) FORMULA FOR PETROL, OIL AND LUBRICANT COMPONENT :-
V3 = 0.85 Px[ K3 x P1-P0 ]
100 P0
Where :-
V3 = Amount of price variation in rupees to be allowed for POL component.
P = Same as worked out for labour component.
K3 = Percentage of petrol, oil and lubricant component.
P0 = Average price of HSD at Mumbai during the quarter preceeding the
month in which the last date prescribed for receipt of tender falls.
P1 = Average price of HSD at Mumbai during the quarter under consideration.
(4) FORMULA FOR BITUMEN COMPONENT :-
108
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
V4 = QB (B1-B0)
Where,
V4 = Amount of price variation in rupees to be allowed for Bitumen component.
QB = Quantity of Bitumen (Grade) in metric tonnes used in the permanent works and
approved enabling works during the quarter under consideration.
B1 = Current average ex-refiners price per metric tonne of Bitumen (Grade) under
consideration including taxes (octroi, excise sales tax) during the quarter under
consideration.
B0 = Basic rate of Bitumen in rupees as per metric tonne as considered for working out
value of P or average ex-refinery price in rupees per metric tone including taxes,
(octrol, excise sale tax) of Bitumen for the grade of bitumen under consideration
prevailing quarter preceding the month in which the last date prescribed for receipt
of tender falls. whichever is higher,
109
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
(5) FORMULA FOR HYSD AND TMT STEEL COMPONENT :-
V5 = S0 x [ Sl1-Sl0 ] x T
S10
V5 = Amount of price variation in rupees to be allowed for HYSD/TMT steel
component.
S0 = Basic rate of HYSD/ TMT steel in rupees per metric tonne as considered for
working out value of P.(Under consideration)
Sl1 = Average of steel Index as per RBI Bulletin for the quarter preceding the month in
which the last date prescribed for receipt of tender, falls.
Sl0 = Average of steel Index as per RBI Bulletin for the quarter preceding the month in
hich the last date of prescribed for receipt of tender, falls.
T = Tonnage of steel used in the permanent works for the quarter under consideration.
(6) FORMULA FOR CEMENT COMPONENT :-
V6 = C0 x [ Cl1-Cl0 ] x T
Cl0
V6 = Amount of price escalation in rupees to be allowed for cement component.
C0 = Basic rate of cement in rupees per metric tonne as considered for working out
value of P
Cl1 = Average cement Index published in the RBI bulletin for the quarter under
consideration.
Clo = Average of cement Index published in the RBI Bulletin for the quarter preceding
the month in which to the last date of prescribed for receipt of tender, falls.
T = Tonnage of cement used in the permanent works for the quarter under consideration.
(7) FORMULA FOR C.I/D.I. PIPE COMPONENT :-
V7 = Qd x [ D1 – D0 ]
Where,
V7 = Amount of price escalation in rupees to be allowed for C.I./D.I. pipe component.
D0 = Pig Iron basic price in rupees per tonne considered for working out value of P.
110
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
D1 = Average Pig Iron price in rupees per tonne during the quarter under consideration
(published by HSCO)
Qd = Tonnage of C.I./D.I. pipes used in the works during the quarter under
consideration.
The following conditions shall prevail :-
(i) The operative period of the contract shall mean the period commencing from the date of the
work order issued to the contractor and ending on the date on which the time allowed for the
completion of the works specified in the contract for work expires, taking into consideration
the extension of time it any for completion of the work granted by Engineer under the
Relevant clause of the conditions of contract in case other than those where such extension in
necessitated on account of default of the contractor. The decision of the Engineer as regards
the operative period of the contract shall be final and binding on the contractor. Where any
compensation for liquidated damages is levied on the contractor on account of delay in
completion of inadequate progress under the Relevant contract provisions,, for the balance of
work from the date of levy of such compensation the price adjustment amount shall be
worked out by pegging the indices L, M, C, P, B, SI and CI to the levels corresponding to the
date from which such compensation is levied.
(ii) This price variation clauses shall be applicable to all contracts in B-1/B-2 and “C” form but
shall not apply for piece works. The Price variation shall be determined during each quarter
as per formula given above in this clause.
(iii) The price variation under this clause shall not be payable for the extra items required to be
executed during the completion of the work and also on the excess quantities of items payable
under the provision of clause 38/37 of the contract from B-1, B-2 respectively. Since the rates
payable for the extra times or the extra quantities under clause are to be fixed as per the
current DSR or as mutually agreed to yearly revision till completion of such work. In other
words, when the completion/execution of extra items as well as extra quantities under clause
38/37 of the contract from B-1/B-2 extends beyond the operative date of the DSR then the
rates payable for the same beyond that date shall be revised with reference to the current DSR
prevalent at that time on year to year basis or revised in accordance with mutual agreement
thereon, as provided for the contract whichever is less.
111
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
(iv) This clause is operative both ways, i.e. if the price variation as calculated above is on the plus
side, payment on account of the price variation shall be allowed to the contractor and if it is
on the negative side, the government shall be entitled to recover the same from the contractor
and the amount shall be deductible from the any amounts due and payable under the contract.
(v) To the extent that full compensation for any rise or fall in costs to the contractor is not
entirely covered by the provision of this or other clauses in the contract, the unit rate and
prices included in the contract shall be deemed to include amounts to cover the contingency
of such other actual rise of fall in costs.
vi) Basic rates of materials will be consider as per P.W.D.(Thane Circle)for the year 2011-12.
Cement – Rs. 5600/- Per M.T.
T.M.T. Steel – Rs. 42000/- Per M.T.
Structural Steel – Rs. 41000/- Per M.T.
DETAIL SPECIFICATION FOR CIVIL WORKS
1.0 SITE INSPECTION
EARTHWORK IN SITE LEVELING
2.1 General
Applicable provisions of conditions of contract shall govern the work under this section.
2.2 Work included
The contractor shall provide materials, labour, plant and equipment to complete the work indicated or
specified herein or both.
2.3 Sequence of Site Levelling
The Contractor shall level the site in accordance with the sequence of earth leveling as shown on the
drawing.
2.4 Cleaning and Grubbing work
All Areas to be excavated for attaining specified levels and for obtaining fill material and areas where
filling has to be done shall be cleared of all vegetation, shrubs, bushes, trees, roots etc. The Contractor
112
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
shall break and remove unwanted structures and building, including foundations, fencing, drains and
empty and cleanse all old wells, ponds and cesspools. All tree stumps shall be removed and roots shall
be excavated and removed. The cleared and grubbed areas shall be maintained free from vegetation and
any vegetable growth during the progress of the work. All materials obtained from cleaning and
grubbing shall be dumped in allotted areas.
2.5 Stripping
The area to be filled shall be stripped of all materials such as vegetation, organic soil, silt etc. The
surface shall be stripped to be depth of 80 mm to 200 mm as may be necessary to obtain a foundation of
satisfactory density and stability all materials that may be soft yielding or likely to become unstable with
saturation or which may interface with the creation of proper bond between the foundation and filling
shall be removed. The material obtained from stripping should be dumped in allotted areas.
2.6 Excavation of High Areas
All materials required for the fillings shall be taken from high areas which are to be brought to
specialized reduced levels. The earth obtained from specified sections of high areas shall be placed in
specific sections of the zone of filling. The high areas shall be so worked that the selected materials as
required shall be obtainable as close to the point of utilization as possible and shall not interfere with any
permanents structure or disfigure any part of the work. The depth of the cut form of each high area shall
be as shown as on the drawings. These slopes shall be cleared of all loose drawings. These slopes shall
be cleared of all loose or insecure fragments on blocks which may cause injury or damage by falling or
slipping. The contractor shall take particular care to excavate only to specified levels. In case any
excavation is carried out to levels deeper than specified, no claims for payment for excavation beyond
the specified depth will be admissible. The contractor shall then have to make good excavation at his
own cost and bring the area to the specified levels.
2.7 Earth fill Materials
All suitable material excavated from high areas shall be used for filling the low areas. The contractor
shall maintain at his own cost all haul roads in connection with the work. These roads shall be graded
and well watered from time to time to prevent dust nuisance and to provide good visibility in the
working areas.
113
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
2.8 Placing Earth Fill
Roots, sods, wood or other organic matter shall not be placed in the fill. Before a new layer is laid,
existing ruts or other unevenness in the surface of the layer shall be removed and the surface of the layer
shall be scarified and roughened by harrowing and plugging to obtain bond with the material to be
placed. The fill material shall be in continuous horizontal layers not exceeding 200 mm. Thickness. The
fill material shall be kept slightly sloping from the center to the edges avoid formation of pools during
the rains. Dozers graders shall be used for spreading and leveling the material to uniform thickness.
2.9 Compacting
In filled up areas such as embankments and other c compaction shall be carried out by sheep’s foot roller
capable of giving a bearing pressure of 25 Kg. Per sq.cm. of the foot area in contact as a given time.
The layers of the earth fill placed shall be compacted till the feet of the sheep’s feet roller commence
rising out of the ground. The layers shall be watered before rolling. If the material laid down for
compaction is to wet in the opinion of the Engineer/Architect, then the Contractor shall allow it to be
aerated till the optimum moisture is reached and then start the process of compaction.
Graders and dozers shall be used to keep the layers uniform so that extreme variations in depth do not
occur. In case of inaccessible places such as ground culvert pipes, headers. building foundations etc.
Technically driven on hand tampers shall be used.
2.10 Blasting
Blasting shall be carried out as specified under Clause 4.0
2.11 Embankments
The finished formation width, side slopes and grade of the embankments shall be true to line and level as
shown on the drawings.
The embankments shall be made up in layers not exceeding s 30 mm thickness over the whole width
between the surface of the side slopes and shall be slightly concave in section so as to retain the water for
water subsidence. All large clods shall be broken up by labour specially detailed for this work.
114
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
When embankments are on side-long ground the whole area of the embankment on slope shall be
benched out or stepped so as to prevent the material from slipping.
In construction of embankments over the culverts or pipe drains care shall be taken to bring the
embankments up, equally, ;on both side and over the top of the structure. Earth embankments shall be
compacted as specified in clause 2.9 and in rock embankment, the rock filling shall be carefully packed
for the depths as shown on the drawing.
If embankments are made from borrow pits, the Contractor shall excavate the earth from borrow pits at
the locations indicated on the drawings. The shall be regular in width the shape and shall be properly
graded, drained and finished with neatly trimmed slopes.
2.12 Cuttings
The section of the cutting shall be as shown on the drawings. The sides of all cuttings in rock shall be
cleared out all loose or insecure fragments or blocks which may cause inquiry or damage by falling.
Where in the sides of rock cuttings inferior stone or soft materials intervene between layers of hard rock
or where the rock after dressing and exposure will not permanently with stand and effect or weather,
such inferior stone or soft material or loose rock shall be excavated to an approved depth and the
resulting space built up with masonry or concrete so as to ensure a solid uniformly battered face.
Where soft and unsuitable material is encountered in cuttings at formation level or immediately
thereunder it shall be excavated to such levels directed by the Engineer/Architect. The resultant
excavation shall be filled with suitable materials and compacted as specified in Clause 2.9.
2.13 Water Courses and Drains
Excavations carried out in diversion, enlargements, deepening, or straightening of streams, water course,
or ditches, shall be performed as shown on the drawings. All surplus suitable material obtained from
such excavations shall be used for filling low areas and/or embankments.
Where water courses have to diverted from the sites of embankments or other works, the original
;channels shall be cleared of all vegetable growths and soft deposits and filled in with approved materials
and compacted as specified in Clause 2.9 open ditches and catch water drains from drainage purposes
shall be cut to such cross section as shown on the drawing. The sides shall be dressed fair throughout
115
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
and the bottoms accurately ;graded so as to drain the water to the outlet. All suitable material excavated
from the ditches and catch water drains shall be used for filling low areas and/ or embankment.
3.0 EAST WORK IN EXCAVATION FOR FOUNDATIONS, BASEMENT DRAINS, CULVERTS
ETC.
3.1 General
Applicable provisions of conditions of contract shall govern work under this section.
3.2 Work included
The Contractor furnish labour, material, plant and equipment to complete excavation, filling , backfilling
, leveling grading and compacting as indicated or specified herein or both.
3.3 Grub up Old foundations, Drains etc.
The Contractor shall grub up old roots, break up and remove old concrete or brick foundations, drains or
manholes, empty and cleanse all old , wells, cesspools and ponds, found prior to during progress of
excavation, seal up connections where required, remove all contaminated earth and fill in voids with
hard materials and well ram.
3.4 Excavation and Cutting
The Contractor shall excavate to remove materials of any nature or description which may be encounted
and excavate to the depths, widths, and inclinations as shown on the drawings and/or indicated. The
contractor shall not remove trees that are to remain as directed.
The excavated material shall be classified precautions to prevent ingress of water into excavated areas,
trenches, pits etc. during construction.
3.5 Variation in Excavation
Bad Ground : Should the bottom of any excavation appear to be soft, unsound or unstable, the
contractor shall report the matter to the Engineer/Architect and if the Engineer/Architect so directs, Shall
excavate the same to indicated depths. In case of such extra excavations the extra depth shall be filled up
with concrete or such other materials as the Engineer/Architect shall direct, such extra excavations and
fillings shall be valued and paid for as an authorized extra.
116
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Excavation the deep : If the Contractor excavates to level lower than those shown drawings for reason
whatsoever, he shall fill it up at his own expense to the proper level with brick work or concrete as in the
case of slips or fails. No payments will be made for excavation taken down to depths lower than those
shown on the drawings.
Slips and Falls : Every precautions shall be taken against slips and falls of earth, clay, sand or other
materials in the excavations, but in the event of any occurring, the contractor shall at his own expense
make good the space affected by the slips or falls, though the affected area may be outside the
dimensions of the work ordered.
The Engineer/Architect will determine in each case whether such affected areas is to be filled up in
whole in part with concrete, brick work or masonry of the quality used in the adjoining work or where
only a part is to be so filled, the materials to be used for this remaining part.
If in the opinion of the Engineer/Architect there is a possibility of the new constructed work having been
damaged or disturbed by such collapse, the work shall be laid bare at the expense of the Contractor. Any
damage shall be made good by the Contractor at his expense.
3.6 Shoring, Planking and Strutting
The Contractor shall support and maintain adjoining and abutting property and structures to render work
safe to persons and property.
The Contractor shall provide necessary docking, guard, fences, planking and the like to maintain safe
pedestrian and vehicular traffic.
The Contractor shall replace or repair at his own cost and in an approved manner, all work damaged
through removal of such temporary work in improper protective work.
The Contractor shall plant and struct as may be required the sides of all excavations.
3.7 Excavate over Surface
The Contractor shall excavate the surface of the site to remove vegetable soil and carry such soil to
separate spoil heaps on the allotted site within 100m.
3.8 Protection
117
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
The contractor shall provide and lay all boards necessary to protect the sides of the excavations from the
effects of inclement weather.
All trenches at all times shall be kept free from water.
The Contractor at his own expense shall pump out or otherwise, remove all water which may occur
during the continuance of the contract.
3.9 Pumping
The Contractor shall provide and operate pumps or other equipments necessary to drain and keep all
excavations, pits, trenches etc. free from water.
3.10 Filling and Rough Grading
For backfilling, the Contractor shall use earth excavated from the foundations, free from organic and
other objectionable matter. The backfilling shall be done in uniform horizontal layers not exceeding 300
mm. In thickness and rammed and watered as required to consolidate properly.
Immediately upon the completion of each phase of the work, the contractor shall at his own expense
level the mounds or heaps of earth which may have become surplus in the execution of thw work within
a lead of 10 mkj. And the contractor shall not be paid for double handling of the spoil.
If sufficient materials are not available on the site to complete all filling to required grades, they shall be
brought to site from outside.
4.0 BLASTING
4.1 General
Applicable provisions of conditions of Contract shall govern work under this section.
4.2 Work included
The Contractor shall furnish labour, materials, plant and tools to complete the work indicated or
specified herein on both. The Contractor shall strictly followed the latest Government Statutory Laws
regarding the safety precautions for storage, use of explosives and blasting operations.
4.3 Storing and Transport
118
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Explosive shall be stored in clean, dry well ventilated magazines to be built for the purpose. Fuses and
detonators shall be stored in separate magazines. Detonators and explosives shall be transported
separately to the blasting site.
4.4 Preparation for Blasting
Explosives shall be kept dry and away from the direct rays of the sun, naked lights, steam pipes or heated
metal etc. Only the quantity of explosive required for a particular amount of firing to be done shall be
brought to the site of work. All surplus explosive loft after filling the holes shall be removed at lease
400 mm. From the firing point. A wooden steaming rod shall be used to pushed the cartridge into the
shot-hole. Metal rod or rammer shall not be permitted on the site of the works. The charges shall be
pressed firmly into plane and not rammed or pounded.
The explosive shall be fired by means of an electric detonator placed inside a cartridge and connected to
the firing cable. Due precautions shall be taken to keep the firing circuit insulated from the ground, bare
wires, rails, pipes or any other path of stray currents and to keep the lead wires short circuited until
ready to fire.
4.5 Drilling Rock for Blasting
Holes for changing explosives shall be drilling with pneumatic drills, the drilling pattern being
so planned that rock pieces after blasting will be suitable for handling without secondary
blasting. The rock pieces so blasted shall be neatly stacked at allotted places.
4.6 Blasting Operation
Before any blasting is carried out the contractor shall ensure that all workman vehicle and
equipment on the site are cleared from an area of 300 meteres radius from the firing point, at least
15 minutes before the firing time by sounding a warning siren. The area shall be encircled by red
flags.
The Contractor shall employ a competent and experienced licensed supervisor in charge of each
set of operation, who shall beheld responsible to ensure that all the safety regulations are
followed.
The firing shall be conducted by supervisor and the number and of shots fired at a time shall not
exceed the permissible limits. In case of misfires the unexploded charges shall be carefully
located after half an hour and shall be exploded by drilling a fresh hole along side the misfired
hole (but not nearer than 600 mm. from it) and by exploding a new charge. The workman shall
not return to the site to firing until at least half an hour after firing.
4.7 Controlled Blasting
When Blasting is conduced in the neighborhood of roads, structures, buildings or any place
which requires controlled blasting, the Contractor shall drill only window shot-holes. These
holes shall be filed with a light charge of explosive and the blast controlled by placing steel plates
119
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
loaded with gunny bags filled with sand or earth over the hole and covering them with wire net
fixed to the ground, so as to ensure that the blasted material do not scatter.
In such cases short delay blasting may be adopted.
5.0 EARTH FILLING IN PLINTH AND BACK FILLING AROUND FOUNDATION PITS
5.1 General
Applicable provisions of Conditions of Contract shall govern work under this section.
5.2 Work included
The Contractors shall supply materials, labour, plants and tools to complete the work indicated
or specified herein on both.
5.3 Workmanship
Before doing the backfilling, The Contractor shall remove all shoring and framework, all bits of
timber, cement bags and all other rubbish.
The filling in plinth shall be of approved earth free from harmful mineral and vegetable matter.
Clays subject to volume changes because of moisture variation such as black cotton soil, shall not
be used for filling.
The backfilling shall be done with selected and approved excavated earth which is free from large
boulders, lumps or similar material, and shall be deposited in layers not exceeding 200mm in
depth. Each layer shall be rammed thoroughly before the next layer is deposited.
The filling under the floors shall be done in layers not exceeding 150mm in depth. Each layers
shall be thoroughly consolidated by watering and ramming. When filling has reached the
approximate level, the area filled shall be flooded with water and the fill shall be allowed to
settle. When the water has been absorbed in the soil, the whole area shall be finally rammed and
dressed to the required level.
6.0 PLAIN AND REINFORCED CONCRETE WORK
6.1 General
Applicable provisions of conditions of Contract shall govern work under this section.
6.2 Work Included
Supplying all materials, garding aggregates and transporting, handling, protecting and storing
materials for concrete.
Preparing, sampling and testing and concrete mixes.
Mixing, controlling and transporting concrete of all grades and conducting field tests.
Setting, bracing, typing, aligning and checking concrete formwork and constructing pannels and
specials units or providing pre-fabricated unit forms in connects therewith.
Providing and erecting scaffolding.
Providing, fabricating, installing and typing steel reinforcement and dowels.
120
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Fixing anchor bolts and sleeves and settings, typing and aligning for embedments.
Installing and aligning curb angles, pipe sleeves and drains, post, stockets, inserts, furring anchor
devices, hangers, water stops, expansion joint fillers etc. for embedment.
Placing concrete3 in building and equipment foundations, footings, piers, walls, slabs and floors,
underpinning, retaining walls, abutments, tunnels, head walls and piping anchor blocks, storage
bins, and track hoppers electrical vaults, conduit beams and trenches, machinery and equipment
foundations, basements, pits and pedestals, cooling tower basing and substructures etc.
Placing tremie, fast setting, hear and water resistant concrete, open drain and drilled tunnel
timings or other type requiring special procedure.
Placing lean concrete fill in areas where excavations extends below required depths and where
membrane water proofing under floors is indicated.
Applying and joining plies of medmbranes and coal tar water proofing materials with protective
coverings and damp-proofing coats on walls and layers under slabs.
Finishing and protecting floor, slabs, and preparing concrete surfaces for separate coverings,
linings and refractors.
Curing, removing forms, patching and correcting defects, falling from the recesses cleaning
concrete work.
Grouting base, bearing the sole plates, machinery and equipment bed frames as well as cleaning
and grouting constructions joints and preparation for placing additional lifts.
6.3 Materials
Cement :- Ordinary Portland Cement shall conform to IS : 260 and Portland Blast Furnace Slag
cement shall conform to IS : 56.
Reinforcement :- Reinforcement shall M.S. round rods conforming to IS : 432 or IRC mesh
fabric reinforcement conforming to IS : 1666 or mild steel and medium tensile steel deformed
bars conforming to IS : 1139 or cold twisted steel bars conforming to IS : 1786 and shall be free
from oil, paint, rust or coatings. The binding wire shall be annealed approved wire.
Joint Fillers :- Expansion joint fillers shall be approved non extruding, resilient filers as shown
in drawing.
Waterstops :- For expansion and constructions joints waterstops shall be of rubber, PVC or 20
guage G.I. sheet as indicated in the Bill of Quantities or drawings.
Waterproofing Membrane :- The waterproofing membrane materials and treatment shall be of a
type shown on the drawings.
Water :- Water shall be clean and of potable quality.
6.4 Concrete Mix
The Concrete shall be controlled concrete as defined by IS: 456. The grades of concrete shall be
as indicated on the drawings or as specified and the strength requirements shall be in accordance
with
IS : 456.
121
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
The contractor shall grade the aggregate and control the water cement ration as specified in IS
:456 and satisfy the Engineer/Architect by frequent tests at his own cost that the correct grade of
concrete is used. The maximum total quantity of aggregate by weight per 50 kg. Of cement shall
not exceed 450 kg except where otherwise specifically permitted by the engineer / architect.
Coarse Aggregates Range Where used
40mm to 6mm Mass foundation, heavy
ground slabs and where ever
possible. Walls over 250mm and floor slabs
over 150mm.
20mm to 6mm Walls and Slabs thinner than
those mentioned above.
6mm to and below Grouting.
The maximum size of aggregates used shall be as indicated in the drawing and the bill of
quantities.
Where reinforcement is too closely spaced for the maximum size stone in a range, the largest
suitable range will be used with the approval of the Engineer / Architect.
6.5 Mixing
All components of concrete will be proportioned by weight for each grade and preferably a batch
mixing plant shall be used unless volumetricmix is permitted by the Engineer / Architect. When
mixed in a power mixer, it shall be equipped with automatic devices for control of speed, gauging
of water and timing the mixing period, clean potable water only will be added Batches shall not
exceed the capacity which can be mixed efficiently as determined by mixer efficiently as
conform to manufacture’s recommended rate but shall not vary more than 10 nor exceed 30
m/minute. Net minimum mixing time will begin when all water is in the mixer and based on
mixer size, will be 1 ¾ to 2 minutes for 5/3.5 mixer. Excessive mixing shall be avoided.
When had mixing is permitted, it shall be carried out on a water tight platform and care shall be
taken to ensure that mixing is continued until the mass is uniform in color and consistency.
Consistency : Consistency will be controlled as per IS : 456 and checked by slump tests in
accordance with IS : 1199. maximum slump for mechanically vibrated concrete shall be as
follows :
Mass construction and pavements : 50mm
Unreinforced foundation walls : 62mm - 75mm
and footings.
Reinforced foundation walls : 75mm – 87mm
and footings.
Reinforced beams, slabs, walls : 100mm
and columns.
122
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Tests : Sampling, making up, curing and testing of specimen will comply with the IS :
456, IS : 516 and IS : 1199.
6.6 Form Work
The form work shall conform to IS : 456. from shall be prefabricated standard or shop built
panels or built – in place units and shall be constructed, stiffened and braced to withstand the
pressure of concrete contingent upon temperature, rate and depth of placing and the spacing of
ties. All forms shall be made up with tight joints to contain the grout. From oil shall be applied to
all panels.
Setting : Panels and units shall be set to true dimensions and alignment and rigidly tied, waled
and braced to prevent distortion and displacement from placing operations, for surfaces exposed
to view, the contact face shall be such that concrete shall present a smooth, neat appearance. Slip
forms where used shall provide smooth even surface true to dimension and alignment and shall
be free of unsightly off – sets, fins and bulges. The tolerances for wall thickness and general
dimensions shall be held to the line consistent with good construction practice.
Tie Rod : Standard form tips, clamps, bolts and inserts shall be of adequate strength for the
spacing, spreaders, either removable or embedded type shall properly maintain wall thickness.
Tie rod shall be kerfed or notched type to permit removal, so that no end metal is less than
12mm. back from concrete surfaces. For tie rods of the type which have to be completely pulled
out or to remain embedded, wire shall not be used.
Stripping :- The Period or removal or forms shall conform to IS: 456. Any variation from code
requirements shall be subject to written approval of the Engineer/Architect.
6.7 Reinforcement
Workmanship shall conform to IS:2502. All metal reinforcement shall be freed from loss mill
scale, rust, oil and grease immediately before placing of concrete. Reinforcement shall not be
straightened in a manner that will injure the material. They shall be placed lapped and
maintained in positions and to length. Shown in the drawing. The correct clearance from the
form shall be maintained by provisions of precise concrete Blocks.
All intersections of longitudinal and transverse bars shall be securely tied together with approved
binding wire. The binding wire shall be so placed that it touches all the four corners of the
intersection and the two ends shall be looped with pliers. The cost of blinding wire and spacer
blocks shall be included in the cost of reinforcement.
Welded joints may be used but in all cases of important connections, tests shall be made to prove
that the joints are of the full strength of bars connected. Welding shall be done in accordance
with IS: 2751 and special precautions shall be adopted for cold worked bars. But welding
between the ends of a rod line, whereby stress is transferred across the section may be adopted
only for mild steel bars. For mild steel bars which have had their strength increased by cold
working, the stress at the weld shall be limited to the strength of mild steel before cold working.
In case of tack welding used for fixing reinforcement in their position, no special precautions
need to be taken.
6.8 Embedments
All embedments shall be accurately set and rigidly fastened. Anchor bolts shall be set to
template and firmly secured in vertical and horizontal line at required positions. Water stops
123
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
shall be secured against displacement during the placing of concrete. The joints for G.S. water
stops shall be soldered watertight and those of PVC and rubber shall be joined by cementing and
vulcanizing Expansion joint filters shall be for the full depth of slabs or full width in walls and
shall be cemented with a bituminous cement against previously placed concrete. The ends shall
be butted tight and the upper edge set flush with finished slabs.
6.9 Placing
Transporting Concrete :- Concrete shall be transported from the mixing plant to the forms as
rapidly as possible by means that will prevent segregation or flash set in the concrete during hot
weather. The containers shall be such as to prevent heavy evaporation. At the time of placing
concrete in very hot weather, care shall be taken to see that the temperature of wet concrete does
not exceed 38 degrees centigrade.
Before placing concrete, all framework, emdebments and reinforcement shall be checked for
completeness, location, dimensions, square and plumb. All chips and saw dust or other foul
matter shall be removed from within the forms. The base surface shall be well moistened and
puddles wiped up. Placing equipment and accessories shall be kept clean and free of partially set
grout and concrete and maintained in proper working order.
Placing Aids :- In general, placing shall be direct by transporting buckets. Where it is necessary
to deposit the concrete at level differences of more than 1.5m, short chutes shall be used. Short
chutes and hoppers shall be so designed and installed that segregation will not take place. In
cases where chutes are impracticable due to excessive drop
Construction Joints :- In general construction joints shall be limited to those indicated on the
drawings. In the mass concrete, construction joints may be indicated to the drawings but shall be
made at breaks, offsets or other convenient levels, as controlled by volume, plant capacity and
time factors. Such construction joints shall be so located that they do not impair the strength of
the structure. All construction joints shall be cleaned with were brush of water to remove all
laitance and loose material to expose the aggregate. Immediately before placing fresh concrete,
the surface of previously placed concrete shall be grouted.
Compaction :- Concrete in general shall be consolidated by vibration using high frequency
mechanically driven vibrators. Concrete shall be placed in layers at least 300mm.deep in walls
and approximately 450mm in mass pours. Vibrators shall not penetrate more than 50mm into
the surface of previously placed layers. Care shall be taken not to over vibrate any concrete and
especially those with higher slumps. Spare vibrators in good operating condition shall be on
hand during placing operations.
Special Concreting :- The placing of underwater concrete shall follow IS: 456 in all respects for
the method employed. Special types of concrete shall be placed by methods most suitable for the
particular conditions.
Grout :- The base plates of columns and anchor bolts shall be grouted with a mixture consisting
of 1 part of cement and 2 parts of sand with the addition of correct quantity of water to get the
desired consistency. The grout shall be thoroughly worked in and compacted so that the entire
space is filled with dense grout.
124
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Non-shrink grout where indicated, shall be placed in accordance with the method specified by the
manufactures.
6.10 Curing and Protection
Curing of concrete with water shall comply with IS:456. Curing compounds shall be used
subject to approval by the Engineer/Architect. Finished floors shall be protected carefully until
completely set. Protection of concrete against extreme weather conditions shall comply with the
I.S.Sector.
6.11 Repairing and Patching
Pockets of rock formed due to segregation over vibration or other causes shall be completely
removed and the void properly keyed and reinforced if necessary. The face shall be tightly
formed and arranged for providing a head in the concrete. The cavity shall be filled with the
same concrete as used for the structure and thoroughly rodded or vibrated when vibrated when
possible. The filled hopper shall be left in place until shrinkage has taken place and the concrete
sets sufficiently to stay in place. While still alive, the upper part of form and hopper shall be
removed and excess concrete struck off and finished with wood flat or trowel to match existing
concrete. Any fins or unsightly grout runs or bugles shall be removed from surfaces exposed to
view. Form rod holes shall be pointed up with cement or grouted to match the existing surface as
closely as possible. No cement washes shall be used unless particularly called for on drawings.
7.0 REINFORCED CONCRETE WORK FOR SHELL AND FOLDED PLATE WORK
7.1 General
Applicable provisions of conditions of contract shall govern the work under this section.
7.2 Work Included
The Contractor shall furnish all materials, labour, plant, equipment, tools, to complete the work
indicated or specified herein or both.
Supplying all materials, grading aggregates and transporting, handling, protecting and storing,
materials for concrete.
Preparing, sampling and testing concrete mixes.
Mixing, controlling and transporting concrete of all types and conducing field tests.
Setting, bracing, typing, aligning and checking concrete formwork and constructing panels and
special units or providing prefabricated unit forms in connections therewith.
Providing, fabricating, installing, typing steel reinforcement and dowels.
Fixing anchor bolts and sleeves and setting, typing and aligning for embedment.
Installation and aligning curb angles, pipe sleeves and drains, post sockets, inserts, furring anchor
devices, hinges, water stops, expansion joint fillers etc. embedment.
Placing concrete for roofs, slabs and floors,
Applying and jointing plies of membranes and coal tar waterproofing materials with protective
coverings, and damp proofing coats on walls and layers under slabs.
125
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Finishing and protecting floor slabs and preparing concrete surfaces for separate coverings,
linings etc .
Curing, removing forms, patching and correcting defects, filling form tie recesses and cleaning
concrete work.
7.3 Materials
All Material shall be as specified under clause 6.0
7.4 Concrete Mix
The Concrete shall be controlled concrete as defined in IS:456. The grades of concrete shall be
as indicated on the drawings. The water cement ration shall be in accordance with IS:456 and for
attaining greater workability an approved admixture may be provided if such admixture does not
impair the strength of concrete.
The maximum slumps shall be as follows :
Type of work Slumps
Shells (Mech. Vibrated) 25 mm
Folded Plate 40 mm
Shell Folded plate (handtamped) 50 mm
Edge beams 40 mm
The strength of various grades of concrete should be as specified in clause 6.4.
7.5 Mixing
Mixing shall be performed as specified in Clause 6.5
Tests :- Sampling, Making up, curing and testing of specimen shall comply with IS: 456, IS:516
and IS : 1199.
7.6 Form Work
Formwork shall be as specified in Clause 6.6, subject to the following additional specification.
7.6.1 Sequence of Operation
The Contractor shall indicate in advance to the Engineer/Architect his sequence of operation of
formwork and concreting and shall obtain prior approval of the same. The form work shall be
erected for the entire shell unit including the edge beams. The formwork for the edge beams
and traverse shall not be connected with the formwork of the shells/folded plates. The supports
required for the edge beams, traverses and shells/folded plates in one bay shall not be disturbed
until the entire concreting in that bay is completed and the concreted has attained the requisite
strength.
The following sequence of operation shall be followed :
i) Erection of formwork for edge beams and traverses.
ii) Fabrication and placing of reinforcement and concreting upto construction joints as
indicated on the drawings.
126
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
iii) Removal of formwork with retention of requisite support.
iv) Erection of formwork for the entire shell/folded plate.
v) Fabrication and placing of reinforcement and concreting.
vi) Curing and removal of formwork.
vii) Waterproofing.
viii) Finishing.
Approval of the Engineer/Architect shall be obtained regarding design and sequence of
operation of mobile formwork if such formwork is to be used and such formwork shall be
specifically approved by the Engineer/Architect after erection.
7.7 Reinforcement
The Reinforcement work shall be carried out s specified in Clause 6.7, in addition, the following
specification shall apply.
The contractor shall maintain continually of steel between the shells/folded plates and the edges
beams and traverse.
Laps of adequate lengths of welded joints as specified shall be provided. The minimum number
of joints for lengthening of bars shall be used and the joints shall be staggered.
If the joints are but-welded, the welding shall be entrusted only to experience welders and the
welding shall be done with extreme caution in accordance with IS:275, one percent of of bars
welded shall be tested to destruction, at the cost of contractor.
Special reinforcement couplings may be provided in edge beams to avoid congestion of bars due
to laps and hooks.
7.8 Embedment
The work of embedment shall be carried out as specified in Clause 6.8.
7.9 Planning
The placing of concrete shall be carried out as specified in Clause 6.9, in addition the following
specification shall apply.
Edge beams and traverses shall be concreted first. The edge beams and traverses shall be cast
upto a level shown in the drawings.
Concreting of the shell/folded plate shall be done to full thickness and not in layers. Construction
joints shall be positioned as indicated on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer/Architect.
The portion of an upstand beam, if any, shall be concreted as soon as possible after concreting of
the shell.
For casting the shell/folded plate either mechanical compaction with vibrators or hand tamping
may be used. Mechanical compaction shall be done with screed vibrators. The use of needle
vibrators shall be restricted to edge beams, traverses or thickened portions of shell. Concreting
may be done in strips of convenient widths parallel to the curves edge, each strip shall be started
127
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
at the lowest level and concreted upwards. Special care shall be taken in tamping the concrete
in deep downstand stiffening beams to ensure adequate compaction.
The thickness of the shell/folded plates at various points shall be as indicated on the drawings and
in not case shall be thickness be varied from those specified.
The thickness of the shell/folded plate shall be controlled by using cement mortar blocks of
corresponding thickness. As shell/folded plate thickness varies from the edge beams to the
crown. The thickness these two points as indicated by the Engineer/Architect.
Proper arrangement shall be made to avoid displacement of steel during placing of concrete by
providing walkways above the level of the finished concrete and supported at intervals free from
the reinforcement so as to avoid disturbance of the reinforcement. The surface of the concrete
shell/folded plate shall be smoothing with a person with a wooden flat to the correct curve which
shall be set by templates.
7.10 Curing :-
The surface shall be kept wet for a minimum period of 14 days by covering it with sand, gunny bags,
straw or other suitable material and spraying constantly wit water. Embrace curing if permitted by the
Engineer/ Arhcitect, may be adopted as an alternative and adequate care shall be taken to prevent
moisture contained in the concrete from dissipating through any flaw in the
membrane cover or inefficiently sealed joints and edges.
7.11 Striking of Formwork :-
The process of stripping shall be graduals, without shock and so controlled that the overall stress
pattern in the structure, at any stage of stripping is reasonably similar to the pattern expected after
stripping. The sequence of operations for stripping, the periods between concreting and the
commencement of the stripping (determined as given below) and between various operations of
stripping shall have the prior approval of the Engineer/Architect. The period between the
completion of concreting and the commencement of stripping will be concreting and the basis of
the concrete having attained 70 to 85 perfect of the 28 days strength.
7.12 Repairing and Patching :-
The work of repairing and patching shall be carriage out on specified clause 6.10
8.0 PRECAST CONTRACT WORK :-
8.1 General :-
Applicable provision of conditions of contract shall given work under this section .
8.2 Work Included :-
The contractor shall furnish materials, labour, plant and tools to completion the work indicated or
specified herein both.
8.3 Materials :-
Materials shall be specified in clause 6.3
128
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
8.4 Workmanship :-
The workmanship shall be as specified under clause 6.0 of the specification subject to additional
conditions specified below.
8.5 Concrete Proportioning :-
The concrete mix to be adopted shall be indicated on the drawing and the strength requirements
shall confirm to IS : 456.
8.6 Formwork and Moulds :-
The form work and/or moulds for precast concrete members shall be made of metal and true
shape and dimension of the finished product as indicated on the drawings.
The moulds shall be close jointed and perfectly smooth with joints caulked to prevent leakage of
cement slurry. The moulds shall be of rigid constructions to prevent distortion with the bulging of
sides and base. The moulds should be designed with suitable fastenings to allow them to be
struck without to the casting.
The moulds shall generally be vibrated on mechanically operated vibrating table.
8.7 Marking of Units. :-
All precast members shall be marked in a manner approved by the Engineer/Architect in a
conspicuous place, with date of manufacture and marking number. The upper of the member
shall be marked distinctly to ensure proper handling.
9.0 GUNITING WORK
9.1 General :-
Applicable provisions of conditions of contract shall be f\given work under this sections.
9.2 Work Included :-
The Contractor shall provide materials, labour, tools, plant tom completion the work indicated or
specified herein or both.
9.3 Materials :-
Cement :- Cement shall conform IS : 269.
Aggregate : -
Fine aggregate shall be approved river or pit sand shall conform to IS 383
Reinforcement :- Reinforcement shall be electrically welded mesh fabric consisting of 8 guage
wire in both directions spaced at 150 mm, centers. Dowels shall be 12 mm, dia MS rounds 75
mm. Long spaced at 750 mm centers.
9.4 Proportion and Thickness :_
The mix of cement and sand shall be 1 part of cement to 3 parts of sand unless otherwise in the
bill of quantities or on the drawing.
9.5 Preparation s of Surface :-
129
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
The surface to be gunited shall be lightly chipped and thoroughly cleaned of any dirt or grease
and all the loose particles shall be removes and the surface shall be fully wetted.
9.6 Fixing Reinforcement :-
Necessary holes shall be drilled on the concrete surface at required intervals. The dowel bars
shall be inserted in these holes and tied to the main reinforcement wherever possible. The dowels
shall be grouted and the grout shall be allowed to set at least for one day. After the grout has set,
fabric reinforcement shall be laid on the concrete surface and tied to the dowel with 18 guage
annealed binding wires. The fabrics reinforcement shall have a minimum lap of 300 mm., and an
average cover of 20 mm from the existing concrete surface.
9.7 Workmanship :-
Water pressure shall be 1.05 kg / cm2 guage. Air pressure shall be 2.46 kg./cm2 gauge for 30 m.
length of hose and shall be increase by 0.35 kg/cm2 gauge for every additional 15 m. length of
hose or part thereof. Pressure in the mixing chamber. The quantity of water added shall be
regulated and the water cement ration shall be 0.25 to 0.30 by weight.
The mix shall be shot at right angles to the surface and all rebound materials shall be removed
and shall not be used. Loose sand deposited shall be removed. At the end of the each day`s work
a thin edge shall be left.
Where the thickness of guniting is such it has to be performed in more than one layer, a
minimum of 5 hours shall be allowed between completion of one layer and starting of the next
layer to reduce the undesirable effects of shrinkage.
9.8 Curing :-
Starting about 6 hours after completion of the spraying, the surface shall be cured for a period of
7 days of methods approved by the Engineer/ Architect.
9.10 Guarantee of Work.
The contactor shall give a guarantee for the gunning work against any leakage, any wear and tear
for a minimum period of six months after the completion of the work. In case any defects are
observed during this period, the contractor shall rectify the same at his own cost.
10.0 Mortar for Bricks work and plaster work.
10.1 General :-
Applicable provision of condition of contract shall govern work under this section.
10.2 Work Included :-
The contractor shall furnish labour, materials, tools, plant and scaffolding so as to completion the
work indicating or specified herein or both.
10.3 Materials :-
Cement :- Cement used shall conform to IS 26
Sand :- the sand shall be approved river or pit sand and it shall perform to IS 1542 for plaster and
IS 2116 for masonry mortar.
130
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
The sand for mortar for masorary work and plaster shall be evenly graded from coarse to fine,
free from loan, clay, dust or organic matter and shall be subject to approval of the
Engineer/Architect. If directed, it shall be washed or screened before use without any extra cost.
Water :- water shall be clean and of potable quality.
10.4 Mortar Proportion :-
The proportion of cement and sand for martar shall be as indicated on the drawing unless
otherwise specified. The proportion of time and sand for mortar shall be as indicated on the
drawings.
10.5 Workmanship :-
The workmanship shall conform to IS 2250 for preparations of masonry and to IS 1661 for
plaster.
The cement and sand shall be thoroughly mixed dry in spefied proportion. Then the water shall
be added by sprinkler just sufficient to make a stiff and workable paste. In case of mechanical
mixing the mortar shall be mixed for at least three minutes and for hand mixing the mortar shall
be mixed back and forth for to the 15 minutes with additions of water.
10.6 Re-tempering :-
Mortar that stiffened because of evaporation of water from the mortar be re tempered by adding
water as frequently as necessary to restore the requirements of consistency but this re-tempering
shall be permitted only within two hours form the time of additions of cement. `
11.0 Bricks work :-
11.1 General
Applicable provisions of conditions of contract shall given work under this section.
11.2 Work Included :-
The contractor shall furnish labour, materials, tools, and plant so as to complete the work
indicated or specified herein or both.
11.3 Materials :-
Bricks The bricks used shall conform to IS 1077 Bricks are to be whole sound, well burnt, free
from cracks, square and well shaped, uniform in size and shall emit a clear ringing sound when
struck.
Cement Mortar :- Mortar shall be as specified under clause. 10.0
11.4 Workmanship:-
Bricks Work :- The work of the bricks work shall be carried out y the contractor in uniform a
manner.
All the bricks shall be kept under water till they are completely soaked and used on the works on
their becoming skin dry.
131
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
The contractor shall set out builds all bricks work to the dimension, thickness and height, shown
on the drawings, the contractor shall build bricks work in English bond and half bricks walls and
casing to pipe, chases, etc. in stretcher bond. Brickbats shall not be used expect where require for
bond.
The contractor shall lay bricks in full mortar beds with shoved joints. The joints are not to exact
10 mm. In thickness and are to be full or mortar. Close, well finished and neatly struck. The
vertical joints in any course shall not be nearer than a quarter of a bricks length from those in the
course below. All the joints shall be same width except for small variations to maintain bond. The
bricks work shall be laid plumb and trim to line and level.
No portion of bricks work shall be raised more than 1 metre above another at one time. If the
mortar in any course has begun to set, the joints shall be raked out before another course is said.
The top course of bricks work in RC framed structure shall be wedged against RC surface and
joints well filled with mortar.
The contractor work as it progresses shall be thoroughly watered on it faces and top. The
contractor shall keep wet all brickwork for 5 days after laying. The course shall be raked unless
otherwise specified. Net work shall be cleaned and thoroughly watted before joining new work to
it.
Any work in which the mortar perishes shall be dismantled and rebuilt by the contractor at his
own expense.
11.5 Cleaning :-
The contractor shall carry out work in as clean manner as possible and shall remove excess
materials and mortar droppings daily.
Where bricks walls and partitions are to receive plaster, excess materials and mortar dropping
shall be removed and the surface shall be brushed clean.
During cleaning operations, adjacent work shall be protected and any damage resulting from
improper protection shall be made good by the contractor at his own cost.
11.6 Scaffolding :-
Generally scaffolding shall conform to IS 2212 and shall be designed to withstand all loads and
to ensure the completions safety of workman and materials.
The scaffolding must be double i.e. it should have two sets of standards. Where this is not
possible, the inner end of the scaffolding pole shall rest in a hole provided in a head or course
only and only one header for each pole shall be left out. Putlog holes are not to be allowed in
pillar under 2.4 m. width.
12.0 STONE MASONARY (RANDOM RUBLE AND COURSED)
12.1 General :-
Applicable provisions of condition of contract shall given work under this section.
12.2 Work Included :_
The contractor shall furnish labour, material, tools and plant so as to complete the work indicated
or specified herein or both.
132
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
12.3 Materials
Stone :- Building shall conform to IS 1127 Rubble stone shall be strong, dense, compact, close
grained and uniform in texture and colour with reasonable facility of working. It should free from
cracks, flaws, decay and sandholes and shall be taken from approved quarries.
A fresh fracture of stone should be bright, clean and shape without loose grains and free from any
dull earthy appearance. The stone shall be properly dressed after quarrying before they are put to
use in the structure. Stone newly quarried containing quarry sap should be protected from frost
until the quarry sap evaporates.
Mortar
The mortar for stone masonry shall normally be of cement sand mortar. The mortar proportions
shall be as indicated on the drawings.
12.4 Workmanship (Random Rubble masonry uncoarsed)
Workmanship for stone masonry shall conform to IS 1597 No stone shall be less than 250 mm in
thickness or less than 300 mm. In each horizontal dimension or if the thickness be more than 300
mm. The lease horizontal dimension must not be less than thickness.
Dressing :- the stones after being fully cleaned and wetted are to be set in the work as received
from quarry and without further dressing of any sort except that of knocking off weak corners
and edges with the mason`s hammer. The stones must be laid on their natural or quarry bed.
Bond Laying :- The stones shall be carefully laid so as to break joints by at least 75mm and
solidly bedded with close joints. No joints shall exceed 20 mm in thickness. Chip of stones and
spalls shall be wedged into the work wherever necessary so as to avoid thick beds or joints of
mortar. No dry work or hollow spaces shall be allows in the masonry anywhere. Every stone
whether large or small shall be flush in mortar, smaller stones used in the filling being carefully
selected to fit roughly the interstices between the larger ones. The outside and inside faces of
masonry in walls must be carried up in the same plain as the faces the proceeding length.
Face Stone :- The face stones shall be laid as far as possible without pinning in front and they
shall be selected from the mass of quarry stone for greater size, good beds and uniform colour.
They shall be laid so that they shall not be of greater height than either the breadth on face of
length of tail in the work.
Quoins :- Quoins which must be of the same height as the course in which they occur and should
be formed of header stones from 220 mm. To 450 mm long according to the height of the course
and laid lengthwise alternatively along each face. They should be laid square on their beds which
should be dressed to a depth of at least 100 mm. The corner of each quoin should have a chisel
draft of 25 mm. On each side to facilitate checking the verticals alignment.
Finishing :- The exposed faces of work shall be cement flush pointed if time mortar is used
unless otherwise specified. If cement mortar is used the joints may be flushed as the work
proceeds. Where stone work is to receive plaster or to be pointed other that flush pointing, the
joints shall be raked to a minimum depth of 12 mm. Provide proper bond.
Any work in which mortar dry, white or powdery through neglect of watering, then the masonry
shall be dismantled and rebuilt by the by the contractor at his own expenses.
Curing :- Curing shall be done for a period of 5 days.
133
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
12.5 Workmanship (Random Rubble Masonry Coursed )
Height of Courses :- The stones after being well cleaned and wetted shall be laid in horizontal
courses of equal depth of not less than 150 mm and shall be set full in mortar.
Dressing :- the joint between two continuous face stones in the same course must be truly
vertical and the two stones must be hammered of chisel dressed as to be in constant for at least 75
mm depth from the face of the wall. The beds of face stones also should be hammer or chisel
dressed for at least 75mm depth.
Bond and laying :- the stones shall be laid on their broadcast face in cement mortar and beaten
into position with mallet, care being taken that the mortar is well filled into the joints. The
interior of the wall is to be carefully constructed with proper sized approximately in every course.
The other details shall be followed as detailed forbond or header stone for random rubble
masonry.
Quoins:- The same specifications shall be followed as detailed random masonry for quoins.
12.7 CLEANINGS
The contractor shall carry out the work in a clean manner and shall remove excess material,
mortar droppings excess materials, mortar droppings shall be removed and the surfaces shall be
brushed clean during cleaning operation, adjacent work shall be protected and any damage shall
be made good at the cost of the contractor resulting from improper protection.
FINISHING
The exposed surface of the work shall be flush pointed unless otherwise specified. Unless the
interior faces is to be plastered, it shall be the same as the exterior face.
CURING
Curing shall be done for a period of 5 days.
13.0 SOLING AND HARD CORE
13.1 General
Applicable provision of conditions of contract shall govern work under this section.
13.2 Work included
The contractor shall furnish labour, materials tools and plant so as to complete the work indicated
or specified herein or both.
13.3 Materials
Stones:- The boulders for soling shall be granted, trap, basalt, or similar hard stone approved by
the engineer / Architect. Soling stone shall generally be 250mm thick. The other dimension shall
be 300mm to 375mm unless otherwise specified.
Bricks: - The bricks used shall conform to IS 1542
134
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Sand: - The sand used shall be approved river or pit sand and it shall conform to IS:1542
Graveli:- It shall be free from dirt, clay, leaves etc.
Ballast:- The stone ballast shall be of durable tough and close hard texture.
Brick Ballast :- Brick ballast shal be broken from 1st class bricks which are well burnt or over
burnt. The porous or spongy variety shall not be permitted to be used.
13.4 Workmanship
Stone boulder soling : - The sub- grade shall be dressed to correct level and shall be rammed
or rolled to proper consolidation before laying the soling. Stones shall be placed close to each
other. The specified thickness shall be made up in one layer only. The crevices between the
stones shall be hand packed first with smaller pieces and hammered into place so as to
completely fill up the voids. No stone after packing shall move or tilt in any direction when
walked over.
Brick flat single layer soling:- The earth shall be filled in layers not exceeding 200mm thick. The
filled layers shall be sprinkled with water and well rammed by head rammers so as to consolidate
it thoroughly. The bricks shall be placed on a thin cushion of sand and the joints shall be fully
filled by dry sand and finally broom.
Bricks flat double layer soling :- The second layer of bricks be placed only after finishing the first
layer and the joints shall be fully filled by dry sand and finally broom.
Rammed gravel or ballast hard core :- Gravel or ballast to be laid over prepared bed shall be
clean free admixture. The ballast shall not be more than 10mm to 40 mm size. The gravel or
ballast shall be laid in layers of up to 75mm to the specified thickness and the voids shall be filled
with sand and rammed by hand rammers dry and wet and preparedly consolidated.
Broken Bricks hard core :- Broken over burnt bricks aggregate (Jhama) of 30 mm size shall be
laid over prepared bed. The broken bricks aggregate shall be laid in one or more layers to the
specified thickness and well consolidated by hand rammers.
14.0 CAST IN-SITU CEMENT CONCRETE FLOORING:-
14.1 General
Applicable provisions of conditions of concrete shall govern work under this section.
14.2 Work included :- The contractor shall furnish labour, materials, tools and plant so
as to complete the work indicated or specified herein or both.
14.2 Materials :-
Cement :- Ordinary Portland cement, white and coloured, shall conform to IS: 269.
Aggregate :- The aggregate shall conform to IS: 383. the coarse aggregate shall generally be of
the following sizes.
Base concrete - Graded from 40 mm and below.
Cement Concrete topping of - Graded from 16mm and
135
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Thickness 40mm and above - below.
Cement concrete topping of - Graded from 12.5m and
Thickness 25mm - below.
Under layer of cement con - Graded form 12.5 mm and
Crete Topping in 2 layers - below.
The fine aggregate shall be either of grading zone 1 or 2 table 2, IS; 2571. Generally 90 % of the
aggregate shall pass thorough IS sieve
4.76mm.
Water :- Water shall be of potable quality.
Glass :- Glass strips used shall be 2mm thick and the depth shall be equal to the overall
thickness of the flooring.
Colour Pigment :- Pigments, synthetic or otherwise, used for coloring shall have permanent non-
fading colour, shall not contain matters deter mental to concrete. The pigment must be of
detrimental to concrete. The pigments must be of approved brand and tints shall be uniform.
14.4 Workmanship :-
14.4.1 Plain cement Concrete Flooring :-
Generally workmanship shall conform to IS 2571 code of practice for – laying in-situ concrete
floors. If the floor finish is to be laid over consolidated ground or a layer of hard core, cement
concrete of proportion 1:4:8 or 1:5:10 shall be poured as a base layer to the thickness indicated
on the drawings. In the case of structural slabs, the slab itself will form the required base.
The area requiring finish shall be divided into suitable panels so as to reduce the risk of cracking.
No dimension of a panel shall exceed 4min case of floor finish laid monolithically with base
concrete and 2m in case of floor finish laid separately on a hardened base length of a panel shall
not exceed 1 ½ its breadth.
Paneling shall be done by fixing timber or steel strips of depth equal to the combined thickness of
base concrete and topping. Before being fixed in position these strips shall be coated with a
thickness coat of time wash. Flooring shall be laid in alternative panels, the intermediate panels
being filled in after one of to days. However, if glass or aluminum strips are specified for
effective separation of panels, the base concrete and toping may be laid simultaneously in all the
panels.
Floor finish laid monolithically with base concrete :-
The sub base shall be properly wetted and divided into panels. The base concrete shall be poured
and tamped and screened to levels suitable to accommodate the topping and given the desired
slope. The surface shall be left rough to provide bond with the topping.
On the green surface of the base concrete topping shall be placed in position as soon as the base
has stiffened enough to allow workmen to tread over it by placing planks. The mix for the
topping shall be as shown in drawing and as stiff as possibly consistent with workability so as to
136
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
prevent accumulation of excess water on ???? should any water rise to surface during
compaction and screening, it shall be mopped up. The topping shall then the floated with the
wooden float to under the surface.
Floor finish laid separately on hardened concrete base.:-
The sub base shall be properly wetted and the base concrete laid, if possible over the whole area
at a stretch. The surface shall be left rough to provide adequate bond for the topping by wire
brushing two to three hours after its laying.
Before the topping is laid., the surface of the base shall be thoroughly cleaned of loose materials,
dirt and laitance by wire brushing. Where this is not possible, chipping or hacking shall be done.
The surface shall be soaked with water for 12 hours before laying the topping. The surplus water
shall be mopped up, cement slurry spread and then the concrete for the topping deposited in
suitably divided panels. The mix for the topping shall be as indicated in drawing and as stiff as
possible consistent with workability so as to prevent accumulation of excess water laitance. After
thorough consolidation the topping shall be struck off level and surface floated with a wooden
float. Is shall be tested with a straight edge and mason`s spirit level to detect any inequalities and
may undulations found shall be made good immediately.
14.5 Laying toppings in two layers. :-
Where it has been specified that the topping is to be laid in two layers to obtain very smooth and
dense finish, the base concrete and under-layer of topping shall be laid as above with the
exception that the surface of the finished smooth but left rough after tamping and leveling.
The top 15mm thick wearing of mix1:2 to 3 cement concrete of consistency stiffer than that of
under-layer of concrete shall then immediately laid over the rough but green surface of under-
layer and thoroughly temped, struck off level and the surface floated with the wooden float. The
surface shall then be tested with a straight edge and mason`s spirit level to detect any
undulations. If any these shall be made good and then the surface finished smooth as under.
14.6 Finishing the surfaces :
After the concrete has slightly hardened it shall be finished by trowelling or floating. Finishing
operations shall start shortly after the compaction of concrete and shall be spread over a period of one to
six hours depending upon temperature and atmospheric conditions. The surface shall be trowelled three
times at intervals so as to produce a uniform and hard surface. Immediately after laying only just
sufficient trowelling shall be done to give a level surface. Sometime after the first trowelling, the
duration being guided by temperature and rate of setting of cement, the surface shall be retrowelled to
close any pores in the surface and to draw out and mop up any excess water in concrete or laitance. The
final trowelling shall be done well before the concrete has become too hard but at such a time that
considerable pressure is required to make any impression on the surface. Trowelling of a dry cement mix
on the surface shall not be permitted.
14.7 Curing
137
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
As soon as the surface has hardened beyond damage, it shall be kept continually moist for at least
15 days by impounding water on it.
14.8 Polishing
The floor shall be polished with machine eight weeks after laying when the floor is sufficiently
matured by expert trained polishers. The floor shall than be sprinkled with zine or tin oxide and
rubbed hard with rags. The final polish shall be done with wax or with patent polish.
14.9 Coloured Cement Concrete Flooring
Where coloured finish is finish is indicated, the top shall be finished with coloured cement as
specified. If coloured cement is not available, the pigment shall be mixed in the proportion, one part of
pigment with three parts of cement.
The colouring material and cement shall first be mixed dry. Special attention shall be paid to the
mixing of colour, which should be screened twice with a final screen and again through final
muslin before use. All the colour required for one room shall be mixed in one lot. For red colour
the mixture shall consist of one part of iron oxide to three parts of cement. For green the colour
mixture shall consist of one part of chromium oxide to 3 parts of cement. After dry mixing, the
minimum quantity of water required for workability shall be added gradually until a paste of the
required consistency is obtained. Dry colour shall not be used to finish the surface of coloured
concrete floor. Coloured paste shall be applied with wooden floating boards and English trowels.
0.06 cu.m. of colour mixture shall be used for 10 sq.m. of surface.
Any cracks, ruts, disfiguration or discolouring of surface shall be made good without extra
charge. The finished portion of the floor shall be kept wet for at least 15 days.
Coloured concrete shall be polished with Nos. 1, 2 and 3 polishing stones. After rubbing with
these stones, the surface shall be sprinkled with zinc or tin oxide and rubbed hard with rags. The
final polish shall be done with wax or with patent polish. For light colours, celluloid trowels
made by fixing a sheet of celluloid on a wooden trowel may be used.
15.0 TERRAZZO FLOORING WITH TILES
15.1 General
Applicable provisions of Conditions of Contract shall govern work under this section.
15.2 Work Included
The Contractor shall furnish labour, materials, tools and plant so as to complete the work
indicated or specified herein or both.
15.3 Materials
Plain or Coloured Terrazzo Cement Tiles : The tiles shall conform to IS : 1237. They shall be of
the type, quality, colour and size as indicated on the drawings or in the Bill of Quantities and
shall be approved Engineer / Architect. The distribution and size of marble chips shall be as
approved by the Engineer / Architect.
Ordinary Portland Cement, White or Coloured Cement
The cement shall conform to IS : 269
138
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Sand : The sand shall be river sand or from approved pits and shall conform to IS : 383.
Aggregate : Aggregate used for mortar for fixing the tiles and in the backing layer of tiles shall
conform to IS : 383. For the wearing layer of tiles, unless otherwise specified, marble chips,
marble powder or a mixture of the two, shall be used.
Pigment : Pigments, synthetic or otherwise shall conform to relevant Indian Standards.
15.4 Preparatory Work
The delivery and storage of tiles shall be so arranged as to minimize handling. Adequate
precautions shall be taken to prevent accidental damage to tiles while unloading.
Clean dry storage space shall be provided at the site for all the materials. The tiles shall be
storage in a room or under such cover as will prevent exposure to damp, sun, rain, accidental
injury or staining.
15.5 Workmanship for laying concrete tiles
Generally workmanship for laying tiles shall conform to IS; 1444 – code of practice for laying
and finishing cement concrete flooring tiles.
Redding : The surface of the sub-floor shall be thoroughly cleaned of dirt, loose particles and
laitance (in case of cement slabs) by scrubbing with a wire brush. The surface shall then be
thoroughly cleaned and well wetted down without forming any water pools on the surface.
Screwed pads shall be set up to indicate required levels on the lean damp surface of the sub –
floor in this grout one at a time and gently tapped with a wooden malled to proper bedding and
level of the adjoining tiles. He joints between tiles shall be straight and shall not exceed 1.5mm in
width.
In area adjoining walls, the tiles shall project about 10mm in to the plaster, skirting or dado as the
case may be.
Polishing : After fixing of tiles the flooring shall be allowed to mature undisturbed for several
days. Then the floor shall be polished by machine using carborandum stones of he following grit
:
a) For leveling (where the tiles are supplied
underground ) - 24 to 60
b) For grinding (for removal of filling ) - 120 to 150
c) For final grinding - 220 to 350
sufficient quantity of water shall always be used when polishing with machine to prevent
scratching.
15.6 Skirting and Dado Work
Skirting and dado shall be fixed only after laying the tiles on the floor. Where tiles re to be fixed
on walls, the portion of the wall to be so tiled shall be left unflustered.
Before fixing tiles on brick or concrete wall, the wall surface shall first be wetted with clean
water. Thereafter it shall be evenly and uniformly covered with a coating of lime mortar about
20mm thick before the cushioning mortar has hardened, the back of each tiles to be fixed shall be
covered with a thin layer of neat cement paste and te tile shall be gently tapped against the wall
139
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
with a wooden mallet. The fixing shall be done from the bottom of the wall upwards. Each tile
shall be fixed as close as possible to the one adjoining, and any difference in the thickness of the
tiles shall be evened out in the cushioning mortar or cement paste so that all he tile faces are set
in conformity with one another.
Skirting and ado shall be ground and polished just as for floor work but by machine suitable for
he purpose. Skirting and dado may also be polished by hand by rubbing down with suitable
polishing stone evenly and without scratching the surface.
Upon completion of tiling work, it shall be thoroughly cleaned with water using a scrubbing
brush, coarse cloth or broom. Acids, harsh abrasive cleaning powders or steel wire shall not be
used under normal circumstances.
16.0 IN-SITU TERRAZZO FLOORING
16.1 General:
Application provisions of Conditions of Contract shall govern work under this section.
16.2 The contractor shall furnish labour, material, tools and plant so as to complete the work indicated
or specified herein or both.
16.3 Materials
Cement : The cement shall be ordinary Portland conforming to IS : 269 or Portland blast furnace
slag cement conforming to IS :455.White cement of approved quality may be used for the
topping.
Sand : The sand shall be river sand or from approved pits and shall conform IS :383
Aggregate : The aggregates used in the topping shall be of marble aggregate unless otherwise
specified. The size shall be as approved in accordance with clause 5.2 of IS : 2114 – 1962.
Marble powder used in the topping shall pass through IS sieve 30. Aggregates for the under layer
and base concrete shall conform to IS: 383.
Pigments : Pigments to be incorporated shall be of permanent colour and shall conform to
Appendix A to IS : 2114.
Dividing Strips : Dividing strips shall be of Aluminium, glass or plastic of thickness not less than
1.5mm and width not less than 25mm.
Water : Water shall be of potable quality.
16.4 Mix Proportions and Thicknesses :
The base concrete when terrazzo finish is laid over ground shall be lean cement concrete mix
1:5:10 or lime concrete. The thickness of base concrete shall not be less than 100mm. The cushioning
layer, when terrazzo finish is laid over structural slab shall preferably be of lime concrete. The thickness
of cushioning layers shall not be less than 75mm.
140
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
The under layer shall be cement concrete of mix 1:2:4 and the maximum size of aggregate shall
not exceed 1mm. The mix for the topping shall have cement, marble powder and marble
aggregate and water in the proportion as specified in IS : 2114.
If coloured terrazzo finish is indicted, the proportions in which pigments are mixed with ordinary
Portland cement or white cement to obtain different colours shall be as specified in Table 1 of IS
: 2114. The complete quantities of cement and pigment required for one operation shall be mixed
at the beginning of work and stored properly to avoid variation in colour.
16.5 Workmanship :
The base concrete shall be finished to a reasonably true plain surface and to level which is lower
than the level of the finished floor by the depth specified for the thickness of the terrazzo
flooring. Any slope indicted for the finished floor shall be incorporated in this base course.
To prevent chances of cracking, the floor shall be divided into suitable panels, not exceeding 2
sq.m. in area. If dividing strips are indicated, these shall be fixed over the base concrete to the full
depth of he terrazzo finish.
The coloured cement shall be mixed thoroughly in the dry stage with marble powder. The binder
so obtained the chips in the required proportions shall then be mixed dry together. Water shall
then be added in a fine spray while the materials are worked t a consistency which is plastic but
does not flow. The mix shall be used in the work within half an hour of the addition of water.
The base over which flooring is to be laid shall be cleaned of all dirt, laitance and loose material
and then well wetted without forming any water pools on the surface. It shall then be smeared
with cement slurry and immediately thereafter the under layer shall be spread and leavelled with
a screeding board.
Terrazzo topping shall be laid while the underlayer is still plastic, about 20 hours after the
underlayer is laid. A cement slurry. Preferably of the same colour as he topping shall be brushed
on the surface immediately before laying is commenced. The terrazzo mix shall be placed on the
screed bed and compacted thoroughly by tamping and trowelled just sufficient to give a level
surface.
The surface shall then be rammed in order to consolidate the terrazzo, preferably with a piece of
smooth marble stone of size 15cm x 2.5cm. This may be followed by trowelling. In trowelling
pressure rather than rotary action shall be used to achieve a smooth surface.
16.6 Curing
The surface shall be left dry for air – curing for a duration of 12 to 18 hours depending upon
temperature conditions. It shall then be cured by impounding water for at least four days.
16.7 Grinding
Four days shall be allowed to lapse after completion of laying for grinding to commence
manually. If machine grinding is specified this period shall be seven day. The first grinding shall be done
with carborandum stone of 60 grit size. The surface shall then be washed clean and grouted with neat
cement grout of cream like consistency. It shall then be allowed to dry for 24 hours and wet cured for
four days again. The second grinding shall be done with 80 grit stone. After another surface grouting, a
141
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
third grinding with 120 to 150 grit size stone shall be done. The surface shall then be washed clean,
allowed to dry for 12 hours and wet cured again for four days. After a last grinding with carborandum
stone of 320 to 400 grit size, the surface shall be washed clean and rubbed hard with felt and slightly
moistened oxalic acid powder.
16.8 Terrazzo skirting and dados
For terrazzo finish on vertical surface the underlayer shall consist of a layer of stiff cement sand
mortar 1:3 finished rough to provide keying.
The combined thickness of underlayer and terrazzo shall not be less than 20mm and the terrazzo
topping shall not be less than 6mm.
Other details shall be the same as for in-situ terrazzo flooring except that grinding shall be
manual.
17.0 PVC AND VINYL ASBESTOS FLOORING
17.1 General
Applicable provisions of conditions of contract shall govern work under this section.
17.2 Work Included
The contractor shall furnish labour, materials, tools and appliances so as to complete the work
indicated or specified herein or both.
17.3 Materials
PVC (VINYL) asbestos tiles :- shall be plain or mottled, 300mm, or 450mm square, 3m thick
smooth surfaced, homogeneous tiles conforming to IS : 3461. It shall be of a nonfadeable,
uniform colour indicated on drawings and shall comply with all the relevant requirements
associated with tests specified in IS : 3464 “Methods of test for plastic flooring and wall tiles”.
PVC sheeting and tiles :- shall be homogenous, flexible material of he size specified in the
drawing or Bill of Quantities. It may have a backing of hessain, conforming to IS : 2818,or other
woven fabric. The thickness shall be 3mm ordinarily and 4mm when a backing is provided.
All characteristics of the material shall conform to IS : 3462 when tested in accordance to IS :
3464.
Underlay :- Shall be in situ trowelled screeding to the sub –floor.
Adhesives :- Shall of approved make and shall conform recommendations of the flooring
manufacturer. Generally rubber based adhesives shall be used.
17.4 Sampling
The contractor shall submit to the Engineer/ Architect samples of flooring he proposes to use and
all materials in corporated in he work shall be similar to the sample approved by the Engineer
/Architect.
17.5 Workmanship
142
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Workmanship shall generally comply with IS : 5318.
17.5.1 Preparation of the sub – floors
Concrete sub – floors shall be laid in two layers with an effective damp – proof course located
in between. The top of the lower layer shall be finished smooth and when set and sufficiently hard,
painted with two costs of bitumen conforming to IS : 1580 applied at the rate of 1.5 kg/M2. Alternatively
bitumen felt made to IS : 1322 shall be sandwiched between the two layers. The sub-floor concrete shall
be finished using a powder float.
Six weeks time shall be allowed for the water to dry completely form the concrete floor. Then if
power floating has not already been adopted, the finish required for laying PVC flooring shall be
producted with a trowel on a screed applied to the sub-floor concrete.
For old concrete surfaces cleaning and de-greasing shall suffice if the existing floor is even. If
unevenness exists, the surface shall be scrapped free of all foreign materials, swept clean and wetted for
24 hours by sprinkling water. Then screen topping of 3mm thickness shall be provided over the concrete.
17.5.2 Setting out
The surface to be floored shall be cleaned with a dry cloth and checked for sufficient dryness in
consonance with Appendix a of IS : 5318. The flooring shall not be laid under high humidity
conditions (70%) as this affects the adhesive strength.
The tiles shall be spread on the floor, without any adhesive, from the centre of he room
towards the walls or as specified by the Architect, while placing the tiles, the sides of each tile shall be
cut and finished as necessary to make a uniform setting. The alignment shall be checked after setting out
each row. Cut pieces of tiles, if necessary, shall be set along the walls.
17.5.3 Fixing
The adhesive shall be applied according to the recommendation of the manufacturer. It
shall be applied uniformly on the back of tiles as well as on the floor. After application sufficient time
(about half an hour ) shall be allowed for he adhesive to become tacky but not mark the fingers.
The tile shall then be in position on the floor along one edge and rolled out to remove any
entrapped air bubbles. After laying all the tiles, a 5 kg. Wooden roller shall be used to ensure full
contact between tiles and the underlay. Work shall be constantly checked against guidelines to
ensue that all the four edges of adjacent tiles meet accurately.
Any adhesive that may squeeze up between the tiles shall be removed with a wet cloth before it
harness. Hardened adhesive shall be removed with a solvent consisting of one part of commercial
butyl acetate and three parts of turpentine oil.
143
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
The floor shall not be out to service within 24 hours of laying. After the tiles are fully bonded,
they shall be cleaned with wet cloth soaked in warm soap solution (two spoons of soap in 5 liters
of warm water).
18.0 GRANOLITHIC FINISH AND FLOOR HARDENER FINISH
18.1 General
Applicable provisions of Conditions of contract shall govern work under this section.
18.2 Work Included
The contractor shall furnish labour, materials, tools and plant so as to complete the work as
indicated or specified herein or both.
18.3 Materials
Cement : Cement shall conform to IS : 269 or IS : 455
or IS : 1489
Aggregates : It shall be approved granite, basalt, trap or
quartzite chippings and the grading shall conform to Table
1 of IS : 5491.
Sand : The sand shall be approved river sand and
shall conform to IS : 383 The grading shall conform to
Table 2of IS : 5491.
Water : Water shall be of potable quality.
Floor Hardner : It shall be of best quality and of approved make. The
thickness of mix with floor hardner shall be of 20mm or as
shown in the drawings of Bill of Quantities.
18.4 Proportion of Mix
The proportion of mix for granolithic flooring shall be 1 part of cement, 1 part of san and 2 parts
of granite chippings.
18.5 Workmanship
The floor topping shall be laid in suitable panels. While laying the topping on structural slab
monolithically, no dimension of panel shall exceed 4mand when the topping is laid on hardened
base, no dimension shall exceed 2m. In case of the ground floor the dimensions of the topping
panels shall match those of the base concrete : length of panel shall into exceed one and a half
time its breadth.
18.5.1 Laying granolithic topping monolithically with the base concrete
The topping shall be laid within two to thee hours of laying he base concrete. At the time of
laying the topping he base shall be still green but sufficiently firm to enable the workman to work
over it by placing planks on the surface. The topping shall be laid in suitable panels ad
144
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
thoroughly compacted to the finished thickness. The surface shall be checked for undulation and
made even using wooden floats. When the surface has slightly hardened, it shall be finished
smooth.
18.5.2 Laying topping on hardened base and hardened structural slab.
The base concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dirt, loose particles etc. and
roughened by chipping or hacking at close interval. The surface shall then be soaked in water for several
hours and the excess water removed by mopping immediately before laying the topping. Neat cement
slurry shall be brushed on the prepared surface of the base concrete and the topping laid in suitable
panels as described in clause 18.5.1.
19.0 TIMBER DOORS, WINDOWS, WOODWORK AND JOINERY
19.1 General
Applicable provisions of conditions of contract shall govern work under this section.
19.2 Work included
The contractor shall furnish labour, materials, tools and plant to complete the work indicated or
specified herein or both.
19.3 Materials
Timber : Unless otherwise specified, all timber used in the work shall be as specified in IS : 1003
and shall be of Class I, Grade I only.
Plywood :- Plywood where specified for use in the work shall be of the type indicated in the Bill
of Quantities or the drawings and shall conform to IS : 303.
Flush Door Shutters :- Unless otherwise specified, flush door shutters shall be manufactured in
accordance with IS : 2202 and thickness and type as indicated in the drawings or in the Bill of
Quantities. They shall be solid core as indicated on the drawings or in the Bill of Quantities.
Hold Fasts :- Unless otherwise specified, hold fasts shall be made of 40mm x 6mm MS flats 225
m long with a right angle bend at the frame end and 50mm split end at the other.
Builder’s Hardware :- Various articles of hardware shall conform to relevant Indian Standards.
All articles shall be of the quality of samples approved by the Engineer / Architect.
19.4 Workmanship, Dimensions, Tolerance and Finish :
Unless otherwise specified, construction and workmanship, tolerance, finish and inspection and
test for all doors and windows and ventilators and any other woodwork shall be as specified in IS
: 1003.
Timber used shall be free from sapwood, flaws, shakes or cracks and shall have prior approval of
the Engineer/Architect. All pieces after being finished shall hold their full figured dimensions
without patching or plugging of any kind.
145
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Timber buried in ground and the portions of woodwork embedded in or resting on walls shall be
treated with boiling coal tar or other approved protective materials. All steel works embedded in
lime masonry or exposed shall be suitably protected against rust.
All Wood work must be inspected and certified before being put into place. In no case shall the
wood work be painted or otherwise treated before it is inspected.
19.0 TIMBER DOORS, WINDOWS, WOOD WORK AND JOURNEY
19.1 General
Applicable provisions of conditions of contract shall govern work under this section.
19.2 Work included
The contractor shall furnish labour, materials, tools and plant to complete he work indicated or
specified herein or both.
19.3 Materials
Timber :- Unless otherwise specified, all timber used in the work shall be as specified in
IS:1003 and shall be of Class I, Grade I only.
Plywood :- Plywood where specified for use in the work shall be of the type indicated in the Bill
of Quantities of the drawings and shall conform to IS:303.
Flush Door shutters :- Unless otherwise specified, flush door sputters shall be manufactures in
accordance with IS: 2202 and of thickness and type as indicated in the drawings or in the Bill of
Quantities. They shall be solid core as indicated on the drawings or in the bill of Quantities.
Hold Fasts :- Unless otherwise specified, hold fasts shall be made of 400mm x 6mm MS flats
225mm long with a right angle bend at the frame end and 50mm split end at the other.
Builder’s Hardware :- Various articles of hardware shall conform to relevant Indian Standards.
All articles shall be of the quality of samples approved by the Engineer/Architect.
19.4 Workmanship, Dimensions, Tolerance and Finish
Unless otherwise specified, construction and workmanship, tolerance, finish and inspection and
test for all doors and windows and ventilators and any other woodwork shall be as specified in
IS:1003.
Timber used shall be free from sapwood, flaws, shakes or cracks and shall have prior approval of
the Engineer/Architect. All pieces after being finished shall held their full figured dimensions
without patching or plugging of any kind.
Timber buried in ground and the portions of woodwork embedded in or resting on walls shall be
treated with boiling coal tar or other approved protective materials. All steel works embedded in
lime masonry or exposed shall be suitably protected against rust.
All wood work must be inspected and certified before being put into place. In no case shall the
wood work be painted or otherwise treated before it otherwise treated before it is inspected.
All wood work in building shall, after it has been certified, be treated with a priming coat of
approved pint before being fitted in position. The succeeding coats of paint or other finish shall
be applied after the wood work is fixed in position.
146
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
All joints and framing shall be made and fitted in an appropriate manner in position to hold
surface, lines and levels correctly and in accordance with the drawings. All joints shall fit fully
and truly without wedging or filling. The finished work shall be flat plumb and true to shape.
All joiner’s work shall be wrought (planned) perfectly smooth and true and the finished
job shall not bear any sign of guage or setting out markings and shall be perfectly clean. Unexposed
faces need not be wrought, unless specified otherwise. Where so ordered by the Engineer / Architect, but
joints shall be cross tongued, i.e. the tongues to be cut at right angles or diagonally to the grain of wood.
All moldings shall be properly met. Steel bold fast shall be fixed to the frames with suitable screws
before the frames and erected in position.
Battened, Ledged and Braced Shutters :
Battens shall be not more than 150m in width and shall be put together by tongued and grooved
joints. Each batten except the edge battens shall be nailed to ledges and the nails clenched. The
crossing of batten with ledges and the nails clenched. The length of nails shall be about 6mm
more than the combined thickness of ledges and battens. The edge battens shall be fixed to the
ledges by two W.I. screws in lieu of nails, braces shall run upward from the hinged side. The
edges of braces and ledges shall be chamfered and the ends of braces bird – mouthed in to the
ledges.
If after finishing and erection of wood work any undue shrinkage, cracks, or bad workmanship is
found, the Contractor shall remove the same and supply better approved materials at his own
cost. All shavings, cuttings and other rubbish shall be cleared away as the work progresses and all
precautions taken against fire.
Fixing Builder’s Hardware :
All builder’s hardware shall be fixed to wood work in secure and efficient manner. Special
attention shall be paid to the sizes of screws in countersunk holes to ensure that the head of screw
does not protrude. Location of fittings and accessories shall be as specified in IS : 1003, unless
directed otherwise by the Engineer /Architect.
Metal sockets shall be provided to all tower, barrel and drop bolts where the shoots enter
masonry, stone masonry or concrete. These shall be securely fixed flush with the surface into
mortices and cemented. Mortice plates shall be used over holes in wood work. All locks, bolts,
springs and other moving parts shall be properly oiled by the Contractor before handing over the
charge of the building.
20.0 METAL DOORS, WINDOWS & MISCELLANEOUS STEEL WORK
20.1 General
Applicable provision of conditions of Contract shall govern work under this section.
20.2 Work Included
The Contractor shall furnish labour, materials, plat and tolls so as to complete the work indicated
of specified herein or both.
147
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
20.3 Materials
Steel windows for industrial buildings shall conform to IS : 1361 unless otherwise specified and
shall be of the type and size shown on the drawings.
External doors shall be provided with threshold as shown in IS : 1081 if required by the Architect
and the doors required for internal use shall be provided with an approved size base tie-bar in lieu
of threshold.
Unless otherwise specified, coupling sections shall be of mild steel and handles, peg stays and
pivots of center hug ventilators shall be of leaded tin bronze (gun metal). Hinges for side hung
shutters shall be of projecting non-friction type, unless otherwise specified. Weather bars shall
not be provided unless specifically indicated on the drawings. The type, size, number and
position of fixing lugs shall conform to IS : 1038. The steel doors shall be painted with one coat
of red oxide paint conforming to IS : 102 before they are supplied. Glazing clips shall be
provided where plain sizes exceed 600mm x 300mm and shall be of shape shown in IS : 1038.
The glazing putty shall conform to IS : 419.
The glass shall weigh 7.5 kg per sq.m. and shall conform to IS : 1038 unless specified otherwise.
The grill work shall consist of MS flats, squares, rounds and angles as indicated on the drawings.
20.4 Workmanship
Steel doors, windows and ventilators shall be fixed plumb in line and level. Fixing and
glazing of metal doors, windows and ventilators shall be in accordance with IS : 1081. The Contractor
shall include in his rates for all breakages.
20.5 Rolling Shutter (hand operated, mechanical gear operator and electrically operated)
Rolling shutters shall be fabricated from 18 guage steel and machine rolled with 75mm rolling
centers with effective bridge depth of 12mm 1a the sections, interlocked with each other and ends
loced with malleable cast iron chips to IS : 227, Gr, II.
The guides shall be either rolled or pressed deep channel sections 75mm and 25mm wide fitted
with necessary fittings and fixtures.
The suspension shaft shall be formed from solid drawn seamless tubes 60mm O. D. in 3 segments
coupled with 2 pairs C. I. Dog riled flange couplings forming one complete until restricting
deflection in the center to a minimum.
The springs shall be approved high tensils flat springs 50/60mm. Width and 1.6/8mm thickness
hardened and tempered. These shall be fitted inside the fabricated housing of either ends which
counter balance the shutter curtain.
The ball bearings shall be double row self – aligning ball bearings fitted inside C. I. Housing
fixed on side brackets holding the suspension shaft at either end.
The suspension of the curtain shall be bolted on specially fabricated cages formed from M.S. flats
ad plates all are-welded.
148
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
The hood cover shall be made of 20 guage galvanized sheets with necessary stiffeners and
framework to prevent sag. The bottom lock plate shall be made of 3mm thick M.S. plate and
95mm wide reinforced with angle/T iron of suitable section with 6mm dia M.S. rivets interlocked
with last stride of curtain.
The locking arrangement shall consist of hasp and staple on the bottom plate lockable from both
sides. Unless otherwise specified, for overall area of rolling setters up to 9 sq. m. full and push
type hand – operated shutters shall be used: for area between 9 and 12 sq.m. pull and push type
shutters shall be provided with ball bearings: for area larger than 12 sq. mechanical gear type or
electrically operated shutters shall be supplied.
20.6 Steel Grills
The grills for windows, verandhas, balconies etc. shall be of mild steel. The design of grills and
shapes and sizes of various components shall be according to he drawings. The edges, angles and
corners shall be clan and true to shape. The joints shall be mechanically interlocked and
overlapping and neatly spot welded in such away that the grill is rigid.
Where moulded grills are specified, the moulded work shall be according to the drawings and
shall have clear, straight and sharply defined profile.
The Contractor shall do necessary cutting, fitting, drilling, tapping, scribing etc. required to fix
grills to adjacent surfaces. The grills shall be fixed plumb, in line and level.
Unless otherwise specified grill shall be painted with one coat of red oxide paint conforming to
IS : 102 before they are fixed.
20.7 Collapsible Gates
Collapsible gates shall be of the size and type shown on the drawings. The gates shall,
unless specified in the drawings or in the Bill of Quantities be manufactured out of M.S. Channel pickets
of size 20mm and flats 20mm x 6mm. The top runner flat shall be at least 50mm x 12mm, in section. The
bottom guide shall consist of a channel or two angles of specified size laid in the flooring to guide the
free movement of the gate. The gate shall move in the guide channel or rollers of adequate size fixed at
the top and bottom of the gate as specified. The gate shall be painted with one coat of red oxide paint
conforming to IS : 102 before fixing in position.
20.8 Subsidiary Gates
The subsidiary gates, unless otherwise specified, shall be made of “A” Grade pipe of 38mm
nominal bore and weld mesh fabric 3mm at 50 mm. Centers both ways as indicated on the
drawings and shall be fully welded. The corners shall be square. The gate shall be additionally
reinforced with flats as shown in the drawing.
20.9 Wire Fencing
Fencing shall of the type specified in the drawings or in the Bill of Quantities.
Unless specified otherwise, plain fencing wire shall be ply, 14 gage (galvanized ). The barbed
fencing wire shall consist of 2 ply, 12 gage galvanized wire with 4 point thick set barbs at 75mm
Centres. The wires shall be spaced as shown in the drawings.
149
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Fencing posts shall be either of M.S. or reinforced concrete or timber as indicated in the
Bill of Quantities or in he drawings. The post shall be fixed in position in a concrete block of the size and
depth indicated in the drawing. Corner posts shall be suitably strengthened by structs or ties to resist the
forces acting on them.
Wire shall be fully stretched and securely tied to the posts in the manner shown on the drawings.
The fixing shall be done in a workman like manner without leaving any kinds etc. The wires shall
be held tight in position by eye bolts etc.
All steel work shall receive one coat of red oxide zinc chromate paint. Wooden posts shall be
treated with approved fungus resisting paint before fixing. Concrete posts shall be painted with
two coats of cement wash.
20.10 Weldmesh and Expanded Metal Partition
The partitions shall be of the type shown in drawing or in the Bill of Quantities, Weldmesh shall
be of make approved by the Engineer /Architect. Expanded metal shall conform to IS : 412. The
framing shall be of M.S. angles o tees as shown in drawing with additional stiffening by M.S.
flats. The frame shall be of fully welded construction. The connection of he weldmesh or
expanded metal to the frame shall be as shown in drawing.
21.0 PLASTERING (ONE AND TWO OPERATION )
21.1 General
Applicable provisions of conditions of contract shall govern work under this section.
21.2 Work Included
The contractor shall furnish labour, materials, tools and plant so as to complete the work
indicated or specified herein or both.
21.3 Materials
Cement : Cement shall conform to IS : 269.
Sand : Sand shall conform to IS : 1542.
21.4 Workmanship
Unless otherwise specified , all plaster work shall be carried out according to IS : 1661. The
thickness and proportion of cement plaster shall be as shown in drawing or indicated in Bill of
Quantities.
The surface to be plastered shall be cleaned of all extraneous mater and rubbish. In brick work he
joints shall be raked and concrete surface roughened by chipping or backing. Any shuttering
material adhering to the concrete shall be removed. The contractor shall make plaster pads of the
required thickness of plaster for correctness of plumb, line and level. The surface shall be
thoroughly watered and soaked and aerated and all putlog holes shall be closed before starting
plastering operation.
150
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
For one coat of plasterwork, the plaster shall be laid slightly thicker than the specified thickness
and the surface then leveled with flat wooden rule to the required thickness. The plaster shall be
well pressed into the joints and the surface finished as specified.
Where two coat plaster work is specified, the first coat shall be applied as described above except
that the surface shall be left rough and keys formed for the application of second coat. The
second coat shall correct or mortar ground very fine and shall be laid on with a wooden rule to a
specified thickness, rubbed smooth and leveled and the surface plastered completely the same
day. The leveling shall be continued till the plaster is quite dry and all moisture which exudes
from the plaster shall be wiped off with fine cloth. The surface shall be kept dry until exudation
of moisture cesses, during th processor of rubbing.
21.5 Curing
After the completion of the work, the plaster shall be cured by adequate watering for a
period of seven days.
22. PLASTERING (ROUGH CAST FINISH)
22.1 General
Applicable provisions of Conditions of Contract shall govern work under this section.
22.2 Work Included
The Contractor shall furnish labour, materials, tools and plant so as to complete the work
indicated or specified herein or both.
22.3 Materials
Cement : Cement shall conform to IS : 269
Sand : Sand shall conform to IS : 1542.
Shingle or crushed stone : Size of shingle or crushed stone shall not exceed 10mm in size and
shall be of approved quality.
22.4 Proportion
The first coat shall consist of 1 part of cement and 4 parts of sand unless otherwise specified.
The proportion of 2nd
coat (rough cast finish) shall be 3 parts of cement, 6 parts of fine sand and 4
parts of shingle or crushed stone not exceeding 10mm. Size unless otherwise specified.
22.5 Workmanship
The workmanship shall conform to 2 coat plaster as indicated in IS : 1661 and surface
preparation shall be as specified under Section 21.
The first coat shall be dashed on to the prepared surface with a trowel to fill up all unevenness in
the surface, but the surface shall not be smoothened and the surface shall be left rough. A wet
plastic mix of second coat as specified above shall be thrown on the first coat by means of a
scoop or plasterer’s trowel while the first coat is still soft. The thickness of the second coat shall
not exceed 120mm.
22.6 Curing
151
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
The plaster shall be cured by adequate watering for a period of seven (7) days.
23.0 PLASTERING (PEBBLE DASH)
23.1 General
Applicable provisions of Conditions of contract shall govern work under this section.
23.2 Work Included
The contractor shall furnish labour, materials, tools and plant so as to complete the work
indicated or specified herein or both.
23.3 Materials
Cement : Cement shall conform to IS : 269.
Sand : Sand shall conform to IS: 1542.
Shingle : Single used for pebble –dash finish shall be from natural deposits and hill streams and
it shall be coarse rounded or waterworn stones. It shall have no injurious action when it comes in
contact with cement. It shall not exceed 10mm in size.
Lime : Lime used shall conform to IS : 712 and IS : 1635
23.4 Proportion :
The first coat of plaster shall consist of 1part of cement and 5 parts of sand unless
otherwise specified.
The second coat upon which single is thrown (i.e. pebble – dash finish) shall consist of 1 part of
cement, 1 part of lime and 5 parts of sand unless otherwise specified. The second Coat shall not
exceed 10mm in thickness.
23.5 Workmanship
The workmanship shall conform to 2 coat plaster as indicated in IS : 1651 and the surface
preparation shall be as specified under Section 21.
The first coat of plaster shall be dashed on to the prepared surface to the specified thickness with
a trowel to fill up all unevenness in the surface, but the surface shall not be smoothened with
lime. The first coat shall be allowed to dry and shrink properly before the second coat is applied.
A wet plastic mix of second coat as specified above shall be applied upon which selected shingle
which has been well washed shall be thrown while it is still soft.
23.6 Curing :
The plaster shall be cured by adequate watering for a period of seven (7) days.
24.0 LIME PUNNING
24.1 General
Application provisions of conditions of contract shall govern work under this section.
24.2 Work Included
152
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
The contractor shall furnish labour, material, tools and plant so as to complete the work indicated
or specified herein or both.
24.3 Materials
Sand : Sand shall conform to IS 1542.
Lime : Lime shall conform to IS 712 and slaking of lime shall be done in accordance with IS :
1635.
24.4 Proportion
The proportion of lime punning coat shall be 1 part of lime and 1 part of fine sand unless
otherwise specified.
24.5 Mixing
One part of slaked stone lime and one part of shell lime shall be mixed and tempered by keeping
it under water for at least a week before use. Water shall then he drained off from the top leaving
a paste of lime. The paste shall be well starred to form a homogeny mass and strained through
clean cloth. Lime prepared and fine sand shall be thoroughly mixed in the proportion specified
and water shall be added to make a paste of desired consistency.
24.6 Workmanship
The pastern shall be allowed to dry before he lime putting is applied. The lime plaster
(putty) prepared as above, shall be laid and rubbed and finely trowelled to a fine uniform smooth finish.
All unevenness shall be rubbed down with fine sand paper. Punning shall be done from top to bottom in
one operation to elimination joint marks.
24.7 Curing
The lime punned surface shall be cured by adequate watering for 3 period of seven (7) days.
25.0 WHITE WASHING, COLOUR WASHING AND DISTEMPERING
25.1 General
Applicable provisions of conditions of contract shall govern work under this section.
25.2 Work Included
The Contractor shall furnish labour, materials, plant and tools to complete the work indicated or
specified herein of both.
25.3 Materials
Lime : White wash shall be prepared from shell lime and fat lime unless otherwise specified and
shell lime shall conform to IS : 712 and IS : 1635. Stacked lime for white wash shall be screened
to pass through a sieve of 49 mashes per Sq.cm.
Colour : Colour used for colour wash shall be as specified or as indicated on the drawings.
Distemper : The type of distemper, its colour and make and brand and number of coats to be
applied shall be as indicated on the drawings or in the Bill or Quantities and shall conform to IS
:427 and IS: 429.
153
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Gum and Blue Pigment : They shall be of best quality and approved make.
25.4 Mixing
The slaked lime shall be dissolved in a tub with sufficient quantity of water and shall be
well mixed to give a thin creamy consistency. It shall then be strained through a clean coarse cloth and
clean gum dissolved in hot water added to it at the rate of 2 Kg for each cubic meter of lime and
ultramarine blue added to the mixture in small proportion just sufficient to give a very light bluish tint.
Colour wash shall be prepared in the same way as for white washing except that necessary
amount of colouring matter shall be added to lime wash to obtain the colour specified. No. blue
shall be added to lime wash in this case. The entire quantity shall be mixed strictly in accordance
with the manufacture’s instructions unless these are varied by the Engineer /Architect.
Distemper shall not be mixed in a larger quantity than is actually required fo a day’s work and
hot water shall be used in preparing the mixture.
25.5 Preparation of Surface
Before white wash is laid on new wall, the surface of wall shall be well cleaned and brushed ad
all patching must be scraped properly. After cleaning the surface, all holes, cracks and patches
shall be made good with approved materials.
The distemper shall not be approved shall be applied in dry weather, the surface to the
distempered shall be thoroughly cleaned of dust, dirt, grease, oil marks, cement marks, loose
scales etc. and rubbed with sand paper to give a uniform smooth surface.
25.6 Workmanship
White wash shall be applied with brush, each coat consisting of vertical stroke from top
downwards followed by opposite stroke unwards over the first stroke and horizontal stroke from left to
right followed by stroke right to left. Each coat must be allowed to dry before the next coat is applied.
On completion, the surface when dry, shall present a uniform white appearance. When dry, no coat of
white wash shall show any patches, hair cracks or streaks nor shall it come off when rubbed with hands.
While washing shall be done in 3 coats unless otherwise specified. Doors, windows, floors etc. must be
protected from white wash splashes. Any splashes and droppings shall be removed and cleaned.
Colour wash shall be applied in the same manner as specified for white wash. During application,
the solution shall be stirred continuously and wash shall be applied with care to avoid any cut
shade or brush marks on the walls when the work is complete. For all new work, the surface to be
colour washed shall first be treated with a priming coat of lime wash. Unless otherwise specified,
two coats of white wash shall first be applied before colour wash is applied. Number of coats of
colour wash shall be as specified in the drawings or in the Bill of Quantities. The colour wash,
whether applied inside or outside of a building shall be of uniform tint and shade.
The workmanship for distempering shall conform to IS : 427 and IS : 429 unless specified
otherwise. Distempering shall be done with proper distemper brushes of approved quality. The
154
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
finished surface shall be of absolutely uniform shade throughout and free from brush marks. On
drying, the distemper shall not come off on touch and shall not crack. Distemper shall be applied
in two coats over one coat of priming. The priming coat shall be as specified and the primer shall
be in accordance with the recommendation of he manufacturer. Succeeding coats shall not be
applied until the previous coat has been approved by he Engineer / Architect. The first coat shall
always be of a lighter tint and shall be applied with care. In case the finish be not up to the
standards the entire surface shall be sand papered and a fresh coat or coats of distemper shall be
applied without any extra cost.
All decorative mouldings, cornices, bands etc. shall be finished according to detailed drawings.
All splashes of distemper shall be removed by the Contractor at his own cost.
26.0 PAINTING
26.1 General
Applicable provision of Conditions of Contract shall govern work under this section.
26.2 Work Included
Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall furnish materials, labour, tools and plant
to complete the painting work specified.
The Contractor shall carry out complete painting and finishing of wood as well as metal (either
unfinished or coated with a priming coat) throughout the exterior or interior of the Buildings
unless otherwise stated.
26.3 Materials
The painting and finishing materials for use in the work shall conform to relevant Indian
Standards Specifications and shall be of best brands and approved make produced for each kind
of work. Ready mixed paints shall be used for the work unless otherwise specified; or if he
Engineer / Architect is satisfied that they are not available they may be prepared at site.
If paints mixed at site are to be used, they shall be prepared by mixing appropriate ingredients in
approved proportion. The contractor shall submit samples of each material, for the Engineer /
Architects approval. The Contractor shall not construe approval of samples as acceptance of
materials, as these materials shall be tested from time to time during he progress of the work.
The materials for succeeding coats on any one surface shall be products of the same manufacturer
supplying the first coat for that particular surface.
Pigments : All colours shall be non-fading pigments of approved make.
Primer Coat : Unless otherwise specified, the primer coat for woodwork, steel and iron work
shall be as indicated in the Bill of Quantities.
Brushes :- Paint shall be applied by brushes. Brushes required for painting shall be of type and
size suitable for the work conforming to relevant Indian Standard specifications. Rags, interior
quality brushes or the like shall not be used on the work.
26.4 Workmanship :-
155
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Preparation of Paint :-
Where ready mixed paints are not available and if oil based paints are prepared at site, the ingredients
shall be thoroughly ground and thinned with double boiled linseed oil in specified proportion to the
required consistency. The painting materials, when applied, shall be spread evenly in a thin coat and
flow on smoothly without runs and sags and shall dry quickly forming a tough durable film without
showing any brush marks or cracks.
The coloring pigment shall be thoroughly ground, mixed with oil and added to the prepared base.
The mixture shall be well stunned and strained thorough a piece f cloth.
Preparation of the surface :- The surface of iron and work to be painted shall be cleaned free and
dint, oil, rust, millscale, and shall be thoroughly dried before painting. Cleaning, removal of
grease rust and scales wherever necessary shall be carried out at specified in IS : 1477 (Part I)
The surface of wood work to be painted shall be cleaned and rendered dry, free of dirt, grit and
grease and shall be rubbed smooth with the appropriate quality of sand paper. All knots pitch
streaks and sappy spots shall be touched with shellac varnish.
Painting Iron and Steel Work. :- Painting of iron and steel work shall generally be carried out as
per IS : 1477 (Part II)
The number of coats including the primer coat shall be applied as specified in the bill of quantities. Each
coat shall be allowed to dry sufficiently before the succeeding coat is applied.
Finish Coat :-
The type of intermediate and finish coat and the number of coats to be applied shall be specified
in the bill of quantities. Intermediate and finish coats may be oil bound. Bituminous, aluminum or
other types of paints. Aluminum paint shall conform to IS 165. the intermediate and finish coats
or structural steel work, sheet metal work and cast iron work shall be applied as specified in IS :
1477 (Part II).
Painting Wood Work :-
After the primer coat has dried, nail holes, cracks and the like shall be filled up with approved wood
putty and the surface finished smooth.
The type of intermediate and finish coats and the number of coats shall be as specified in the bill
of quantities. The surface shall be rubbed smooth before application of each coat.
Iron work under Water:-
Approved anti-corrosive black enamel paint shall be used for iron works in water such as cast
irons pipes etc., coal tar paint may also be used with the approval of the Engineer / Architect.
Painting Steel Tanks. :-
Unless otherwise specified steel tanks for the storage of water shall be painted with approved
paint before erecting them in position.
156
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
27.0 GLAZING:-
27.1 General :-
Applicable provisions of conditions of contract shall govern work under this section
27.2 Work Included :-
The Contractor shall furnish labour, material, plant and tools to complete the work indicated or
specified herein or both.
27.3 Materials :-
Sheet Glass :- All glass used in the work shall be best quality glass, free from specks, bubbles
smokes, wanes, air holes and other defects. Unless otherwise specified, sheet glass shall be
transparent and of weight as indicated in bill of quantities and / or Drawings.
Plate Glass :- where plate glass is specified for the work, it shall be specified
Thickness, with a permissible tolerance of 0.5 to 0.80 mm for polished plate glass. The
transparent type glass shall have polished surface giving clear and non-distorted vision.
Rough Cast wired glass. :- The rough cast wired glass shall be 6mm thick and as approved by the
Engineer/Architect.
Putty :- Putty for use on wooden frames shall conform to IS : 420
Mastic :- the mastic shall be as approved by the Engineer / architect.
27.4 Workmanship :-
All glass shall be cut according to the sizes required as per drawings. Glazing of metal doors,
windows and ventilators shall conform to IS : 1081 and glazing for timber doors, windows and
ventilators shall conform to IS 1003 unless otherwise specified.
For glazed wooden doors and windows, the wooden frame, particulars the rebate, shall be well
oiled to prevent oil form putty being sucked by wood.
The glazing shall be done with specified glaxzing putty and clips. The methos of glazing in each
case shall be according to the details shown on the drawings.
The contractor shall thoroughly clean all glass and replace all putty or glass damaged during the
work.
28.0 VARNISHING & POLISHING :-
28.1 General :-
Application provision of conditions of contract shall govern work under this section.
28.2 Work Included :-
The Contractor shall furnish materials, labour, tools, and plant to complete the work indicated or
specified herein or both.
28.3 Materials :-
Ready prepared varnish shall conform to the relevant Indian Standard specification of varnishes
and shall be of approved make.
157
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Ready prepared French polish conforming to IS : 348 shall be sued for te work.
If the Engineer/Architect is satisfied that ready prepared varnished or polish are not available
only approved ingredients shall be used for its preparations at site. The Proportions of the
materials for the preparations of varnishes at site shall be as follows.
a) For resin Varnish - Resin : Linseed Oil : Spirits
of Turpentine : 2:2:1
b) For Copal Varnish - Copal : Linseed Oil : Oil
of Turpentine 3:2:5
28.4 Workmanship :-
Preparation of surface the wood work surface to be varnish shall be thoroughly cleaned and
rubbed smooth sand paper or pumice stone, the rubbing shall not be done across the grain. All
knots in wood work shall be covered or Killed. The surface of wood shall be then be steeped with
hot diluted glue (about 1 lg. Of glue will produce 10 litres) so as to close up the faces. When dry,
the surface shall again be rubbed with sand paper lightly before varnish is applied.
Wood work is to be polished shall be coated first with a filler composed of about 1.5 kg. Of
whiting mixed in 1 liter of methylate spirit. The surface shall then rubbed sand paper.
Varnishing and Polishing :- Varnishing shall preferably be done in a dry weather. After the
surface is steeped and sand fine haired or approved varnishing evenly in very thin coats with
paint brushes. Successive coats shall be applied after the previous coats are thoroughly dry.
Where additional coats are rubbed down, with fine sand paper before application of the
succeeding coat.
Polish shall be applied on the prepared surface with a pad consisting of absorbent cotton wool
inside a clean white cloth. Polish shall be applied in the number or coats specified and the
surface shall be rubbed with fine sand paper after each coat except the finish coat. Care shall be
taken to renew the cloth should it now signs of warning or else the cotton will stock to the
surface. After the final coat of polish, the surface shall present the desire and finish.
29. WATERPROOFING WITH BITUMEN FELTS
29.1 General
Applicable provisions of conditions of contract shall govern work under this section.
29.2 Work Included
The Contractor shall furnish labour, materials, plant and tools to complete the work indicated or
specified herein or both.
29.3 Materials
The Materials used for waterproofing with bitumen felts shall be of approved make and type and
as indicated in the bill of Quantities.
Bitumen Material :- It shall consist of blown type bitumen conforming to IS:702 on residual
bitumen conforming to IS: 73 or a mixture thereof.
158
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
29.4 Waterproofing Roof Surface
The roof slab shall be cleaned of all dust, dirt , grit etc. and it rough it shall be made reasonably
smooth either by chipping off projections or by applying a thin coat of cement slurry of cement
sand and water.
The roof surface shall be regarded prior to waterproofing either with cement mortar or lime-
surkhi mortar. At the places of drain outlets, projecting pipes, parapet walls and expansion joint
etc. The surface shall be prepared as indicated in IS: 1346.
The workmanship in general shall conform to IS: 1346, unless otherwise specified. Over the
hardened and finished surface of the roof slab, a thin layer of approved bitumen primer shall be
first brushed over the roof surface and allowed to dry.
The felt shall be first cut to the required lengths and laid out flat on the roof in position at right
angles to the direction of run off gradient and shall be brushed clean of dusting materials. Each
length of felt thus laid in position shall be rolled up for a distance of half of its length. Then the
bonding material heated to correct temperature shall be poured on to the roof across the full
width of the rolled felt as the latter is steadily rolled out and pressed down. Excess bonding
material shall be squeezed out at the ends and removed as the laying proceeds. When the first
half of the strip of felt has been bonded to the roof, the other half shall be rolled up and then
unrolled on the hot handing material in the same way.
Minimum overlaps of 100m shall be allowed at the end and sides of strips of felt. All overlaps
shall be firmly bonded with hot bitumen. The laying of the second layer of felt shall be so
arranged that the joints are staggered with those of the layer beneath It.
In case of roofs with parapets, a chase 75mm deep shall be cut in the parapet masonry at about
150mm above the roof level and the felt shall be laid as flashing in widths with a minimum
overlap of 100mm. The lower edge of flashing shall overlap the felt laid on flat portion of the
roof and the upper edge of the flashing shall be tucked into the groove made in the parapet. After
the flashings have been properly bonded. After the flashings have been properly bonded, the
chase shall be cleaned mortar (1:4) flush with the face of the wall and allowed to set by adequate
curing.
In case of drain mountain waterproofing shall be done as specified for the roof excepting that the
treatment shall be carried inside the drain pipes overlapping at least 100 mm.
For gutters, a priming cost shall be first be applied over this, specified number of layers of felt
shall be laid and bonded together with hot bitumen at not less than 1.5 Kg. Sq.mtrs. The felt
layers laid separately in the gutters shall be overlapped with the corresponding layers on the roof
proper. The felt treatment shall be carried down into the outlet pipes to a minimum depth of
100mm.
After treatment is over, the surface shall be covered by peasized gravel or grit at the rate of 0.6
cu. Mt. Per 10 sq.m. on flashing and at drain mouths two coats of approved bituminous primer
shall be provided.
29.5 Waterproofing for Underground Structures
159
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Waterproofing for underground structures shall be done in accordance with IS:3067. the number
of layers and the details of protective wall etc. shall be as shown in drawing or indicated in the
Bill of Quantities. No waterproofing treatment shall be applied unless the site is properly drained
and the surface is thoroughly dry.
30.0 LIME TERRACING
30.1 General
Applicable provisions of conditions of contract shall govern work under this section.
30.2 Work Included
The Contractor shall furnish labour, materials, plant and tools to complete the work indicated or
specified herein or both.
30.3 Materials
Brick Bats :- Brick bats shall be 25mm gauge from first class brick.
Lime :- Lime used shall be hydraulic lime conforming to IS: 712 and shall be slaked according
to IS: 1635.
Surkhi :- Surkhi used shall be from first class bricks.
Sprinkling Water :- The following proportion of specified materials shall be mixed in 20 litres
of water.
Molasses : 1.03 Kg
Katha : 0.26 Kg
Methi : 0.13 Kg
Maskalai dal : 0.52 Kg
This water is to be sprinkled as specified further on 10 sq.m of surface.
30.4 Proportion
Bricks : Lime : Surkhi = 7:2:2 by volume
30.5 Mixing
The brickbats, lime and surkhi mix shall be heaped to a predetermined height depending upon the
amount of material required for particular portion to be treated.
Water shall be added and allowed to remain for 2 days and the materials shall be turned over
several times to ensure a through mix.
30.6 Workmanship
The Surface shall be cleaned of all dirt, rust particles, dust etc. before lime concrete is placed.
The mix shall be gently deposited on the surface and laid to proper beds and cross falls and
leveled to levels indicated on the drawings.
The compaction by hand tampers shall be carried out for 7 days. During the first three days, the
surface shall be sprinkle with water specified above. For the next four days the compaction shall
be carried out and the surface shall be sprinkled with lime water during compaction.
160
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
After this period, a thin coating of lime paste shall be applied and rubbed smooth and the surface
shall be then be covered with straw or sand and water shall be sprinkled for a further period of 7
days and the flooded up to a height of 75mm to 100mm.
After one month, the surface shall be cleaned and rubbed with inseed oil and water.
If specified, a layer of flat tiles, or broken tile pieces shall be laid in cement mortar of specified
proportion on top of brick bat concrete.
31.0 DAMP PROOF COURSE
31.1 General
Applicable provisions of conditions of contract shall govern work under this section.
31.2 Work Included
The Contractor shall furnish labour, material, plan and tools to complete the work indicated
specified herein or both.
31. 3. Materials
Cement :- Cement shall conform to IS : 269
Aggregates :- The aggregates shall conform to IS : 383. fine aggregate shall be river sand or pit
sand from approved pits. Coarse aggregate shall be stone chips of size not exceeding 6mm.
31.4 Proportion :-
The proportion of the above materials and thickness of the coarse shall be as indicated on the
drawing.
31.5 Workmanship
The brick of stone masonry surface shall be leveled, flushed up and prepared as directed to
receive the damp proof course. Damp proof course shall be provided at position shown on the
drawings. In masonry walls of buildings shall normally be placed above the external ground
level. It shall be laid for the full width of the wall. The top surface shall be kept rough or ribbed
for proper adhesion of brick work coming over it. All exposed surfaces of the damp of proof
course shall be finished fair and smooth. After the surface has partially set, hot bitumen shall be
applied in two coats the rate of 1.7 Kg per sq.m per coat and dry sand spread over it.
32.0 PLUMBING AND SANITARY WORK
32.1 General
Applicable provisions of conditions of contract shall govern work under this section.
All water supply and sanitary work shall be executed by Licensed Plumber and shall be in
accordance with the requirement of relevant bye-laws of Municipal or other Authorities in whose
jurisdiction the work is to be carried out.
For items such as earthwork, excavation, concrete, brick work, stone work, pointing, etc relevant
specification for these shall apply, unless specifications otherwise.
Unless otherwise specifications, all exposed work such as cisterns, brackets etc, shall be painted
with one coat of red oxide paint and two coats of oil paint of approved colour.
161
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
The diameter of pipes of fittings wherever mentioned shall mean the internal diameter, unless
otherwise specified.
The rates quoted by the Contractor shall be deemed to include all breakage and wastage of
various materials, fittings and appliances. All materials, fittings and appliances damaged during
the execution of the work or otherwise shall be removed and replaced with approved materials,
fittings and appliances by the contractors at his expenses.
The job shall include the cost of making the necessary holes, etc. in walls, floors etc, and also
making them good on competition of the job. Any damage caused to floors, walls etc during
fixing of sanitary installation, drainage and water supply work shall be made good by the
contractor at his own cost.
32.2 Materials, Fittings and Appliances
The materials, fittings and appliances used in the work shall be as specified hereunder. The type,
quality, class, composition, size, finish and make shall be as specified in the Bill of Quantities.
The Contractors shall submit of approval samples of all materials, fittings and appliances well in
advance of starting the work and before being used in the job. All materials, fittings and
appliances used in the work shall conform in the approved samples.
Galvenized iron pipes, fittings, and accessories for water services shall be of tested variety.
All materials, fittings and applicables shall conform to the relevant Indian Standard
Specifications, some of which are listed below :
Asbestos cement building pipes, gutters fittings etc. IS : 16216
Sheet metal rain water pipes, upto 100mm nominal size, gutters,
fittings etc.
IS : 1728
Cast iron rain water pipes, fittings and accessories IS : 1230
Sand cast iron spigot and socket soil, waster and ventilating pipes,
fittings and accessories.
IS : 1729
Sand cast brass screw-down bib tapes and stop taps for water
services.
IS : 781
Self closing taps IS : 1711
Gun Metal gate, Globe and check valves for general services . IS ; 778
Lead-pipe IS : 404
Sluice valves for water works purposes IS : 780
Mixing valves for ablutionary and domestic purposes IS : 1701
Water Meters (domestic type) IS : 779
Rectangular pressed steel tanks IS : 904
162
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Sheet lead for flashing shall be of at least 30 Kg. Weight per sq.m. unless specified otherwise.
Brass tapes shall be of heavy brass and made particularly smooth on the inside and shall have all waste
and vent connections screwed, unless specified otherwise.
Lead traps shall be of the same weight and thickness as specified for lead pipes.
32.3 Water supply
32.3.1 Jointing and laying of water supply pipes.
Jointing of various pipes shall generally conform to IS:1742 unless specified otherwise.
Screwed galvanised iron pipes shall be jointed with screwed socket joints using screwed fittings
of the same materials as that of the pipes. Any burrs remaining on the pipe ends after the threads
are cut shall be removed. An approved jointing compound together with a grommet of few
strands of fine yarn shall be used for jointing pipes and fittings. Any pipe threads exposed after
jointing shall be painted or in the case of underground piping thickly coated with approved
bituminous compound to prevent corrosion.
Teflon tape should be used if specified.
The depth at which the under ground water supply pipe is to be laid shall be as indicated on the
drawings. The service pipe passing into or beneath the building shall be laid at least 200mm.
below the ground floor level and accommodated in previously laid sleeve in the structure –where
it enters. The space between the sleeve and the pipe at its entry into and exit from the building
shall be filled with a bituminous material for a minimum length of 150mm at both ends.
Piping shall not be buried on walls or floors as far as possible. However, when unavoidable,
piping shall be buried for the shortest protection provided against damage.
Galvanised iron piping shall be secured by iron or steel clamps when fixed on walls.
All pipe work shall be completely watertight and the joints shall be such that there are no
projections of jointing materials on the like in the interior of pipes. Before the pipe line is
commissioned, all piping and fittings shall be flushed clean.
32.3.2 Storage of Water
All tanks for storage of water shall be of the specified kind and shall be completely watertight
and properly covered with a close fitting and dust, tight and mosquito-proof cover of approved
pattern. The shall be fitted a ball valve of approved type, securely fixed to the tank independent
of the inlet pipe and set in such a position that the body of the valve always remains above the
water line. A mosquito-proof overflow pipe shall be fixed to the tank with the pipe invert about
25 mm. above the top water line. Approved type of stop valves or taps shall be provided for
every outlet pipe. The outlet pipe shall be fixed at a level about 75mm. above bottom of tank.
The washout or drain or pipe shall be kept flush with the bottom of the tank at its lowest part.
32.3.4 Testing
After the laying and fixing of all water supply pipes and fittings are completed, the line shall be
slowly and carefully charged with water to a test pressure of 5 Kg. Per sq.cm or the specified
working pressure plus so as may be prescribed by the Engineer/Architect. This pressure shall be
maintained for at least one hour, unless specified otherwise. The pipes and fittings shall then be
163
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
inspected for any leakages of water. Defects in pipes and fittings if detected, shall be remedied
by the contractor without extra cost.
32.3.5 Internal Plumbing Works
Jointing and Laying Pipes :- Clause 32.3 apply to this wherever applicable.
Lead pipe joint in lead pipe shall be made at wiped solid solder joints when lead pipe have to be
lead through due the join shall be made outside the joint and pipe placed base into the duct after
jointing. All exposed lead pipes, excluding 25mm dia meter shall secured to walls by iron clips or
lead ears. The spacing clips shall not exceed 900mm
32.3.6 Installation of Water Closets
Indian type or European type W.C. pans of the type and make as specified in the Bill of
Quantities shall be carefully fixed in position. Indian W.C. pan shall be built round solid with
masonry or lean concrete to the level of the after all connections are made. Also floor slope
towards the pan.
Unless otherwise specified, each closet shall be provided with standard accessories such as soil
WC connect0or, 40mm lead antisyphonage 32mm flushing pipe 15 liters capacity flushing of
specified type and make , overflow pipe fitted with mosquito-proof strainer at the end all
suitably fixed in position.
32.3.7. Nahani Traps
Nahani Traps shall be of the size and quality indicated in the Bill of Quantities and shall be
embedded flush with the floors. The connec6tion the trap with the waster pipe shall be through
plug bend of the size to suit the wall thickness fitted with an inspection door.
32.3.8 Drainage
Unless otherwise specified, all drainage work for building shall be carried out in accordance
IS:1742.
Handling, laying, bedding, jointing and testing of concrete pipes shall conform to IS: 783. The
method of bedding and jointing of pipes shall be as specified in the bill of quantities. Manholes
gully trap and inspection chambers shall be constructed as shown on the drawing.
32.3.9. Testing
Unless otherwise specified the drawings system shall be tested in accordance with IS : 1742.
33.0 COST IRON , R.C. AND STONEWARE PIPE WORK
33.1 General
Applicable provisions of Conditions of contract shall govern work under this section.
33.2 Work Included
The contractor shall furnish labour, materials, plant and equipments to complete the work
indicated or specified herein or both.
33.3 Materials
All materials shall be tested variety tested by a recognize test house.
164
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Cost of iron pipes with socket and spigot ends upto 675 mm shall conform to IS 1536 for
centrifugal span pipes. C.I. Pipes with flanged ends shall conform to IS : 1537 for vertically cast
pipes. The class of pipes (whether A. B. or C according to IS) shall be as specified in the
drawings. The sluice valves of various sizes and caulking lead shall conform to the following
standards.
Sluice Valves up to 300mm - IS: 780
Sluice Valves beyond 350mm - IS: 2906
Caulking lead for jointing - IS: 782
Other types of fittings such as air valves, reflex valves, hydrants, bends etc. shall be of best
quality and samples shall be approved by the Engineer / Architect.
R.C. Pipes shall conform to IS: 450.
Stoneware pipe, cast iron soil, ventilation and rain water pipes, C.I. manhole covers and lead
pipes shall conform to the following Indian standards specifications.
Salt glazed stoneware and fittings : IS: 651
And other accessories
Cast Iron spigot and socket, soil water and : IS:1729
ventilation pipes fittings and accessories
Cast Iron rain water pipes : IS: 1230
Cast Iron manhole covers and frames : IS: 1726
Lead Pipes : IS: 404
CI pipes for water services shall be of tested variety.
33.4 Joints:
The type of jointing for C. I. Pipes shallbe either socket and spigot with molten lead or lead wool
or flanged type with nuts, bolts and gaskets as indicated on the drawings.
If the joints used are spigot and socket type, the spigot shall be carefully centered in the socket by
one or more laps of clean white hemp spun yarn with about 25mm overlap. Sufficient yard only
shall be forced into the socket to leave a correct depth of lead for caulking. The pipe shall then be
examined again for line and level and the proper depth of each joint shall be tested before
running the molten lead. The pouring of molten lead shall be done by wrapping a ring of hemp
rope covered with damp clay load the pipe at the end of he socket.
After a section convenient length has been laid, lead shall be caulked sufficiently with a hand
hammer and the joint shall be made neat and clean.
The packing ring or washer for the flanged joint shall be rubber for the full diameter of the flange
with proper pipe hole and bolt holes cut out at both the inner and outer edges. The packing shall
be smeared with graphite paste or a mixture of red lead and while lead and shall be introduced
between the flanges of both the pipes ad nuts lightened in opposite pairs keeping the longitudinal
axes of adjoining pie lines in exactly the same straight line. Lead washers shall be provided along
with bolts to prevent any leakage through bolt holes.
165
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
The type of jointing for stoneware pipes shall be socket and spigot as indicated on the drawings.
The inside of the socket shall be first painted with a tin layer of cement mortar 1:2 and a gasket of
yarn dipped in cement slurry shall be inserted in the socket of the pipe with a wooden caulking
tool and wooden mallet in such a way that the gasket shall fully encircle the spigot with a slight
overlap. Where the spigot and receives the gasket, it shall be wrapped round with two or three
turns of treated spun yarn at its end before being inserted into he socket. The joint shall then be
completely fitted with cement and mortar of proportion 1:1 having very little water and the joint
shall be leveled to form a splayed fillet at a angle 45 degree with the outside pipe. Excess of
cement mortar left inside the pipe joint shall be neatly cleaned off. In jointing stoneware pipes,
care shall be taken that the pipes are kept concentric and the socket, specifically on the underside,
shall be completely filled with cement mortar. Where settlement of earth is envisaged, the joints
shall he made with bitumastic filling or any other material as instructed by the Engineer
/Architect.
33.5 Workmanship
33.5.1 Laying of G.I. Pipes
The laying of the C. I. pipe line shall commence only after the levels at the bottom of he trench
have been done in accordance with the drawing. The sides of the trenches shall be as nearly
vertical as possible. Where joints are made, the trench shall be wide enough to allow room for
caulking joints. Shoring and timbering shall not be used without prior approval of the
Engineer/Architect. The trenches shall be excavated such that there shall be a minimum cushion
of 750mm over the pipes. All pipes, water mains cables etc. met within the course of excavation
shall be carefully protected and supported. All pipes and fittings shall be sounded wit a light
hammer to detect any cracks before laying. The excavated material shall be thrown on one side of
the trench and the pipes stacked on the other side. The inside of socket and the outside of spigot
shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign matter before laying. The pipes shall be laid with their
socket ends facing the directions of flow. The pipes shall be plated in the trenches by any
recognized method which shall be approved by the Engineer / Architect. Then the pipes shall be
jointed by caulking as described previously. After each section of the pipe line has been laid, it
shall be tested for water tightness before filling up the trench. After completing the test, the
trench shall be filled with the excavated material inlayer of 200mm and shall be watered and
rammed. Whether the pipeline cross the railway tracks, roads etc. the trenches shall have vertical
sides with suitable shoring.
33.5.2 Laying of R.C. Pipes : Laying of R.C. pipes shall conform to IS : 783.
33.5.3 Laying of Stoneware pipes: The laying of the stoneware pipelines shall commence only after the
levels at the bottom of the trench at various points have been done as indicated on the drawings.
The center line of he trench shall first be stacked out on he ground and shall be excavated correct
to depth and width at the points. All inverts shall be laid from sight rails fixed at the rue levels
with proper boning roads. The sign rails and boning roads shall be provided, fixed and
maintained by the Contractor at his own expenses. The pipes shall be carefully laid to the
alignment, levels and gradients shown on the plants and sections. The trench shall be laid truly in
straight lines and without any vertical or
horizontal undulations. Pipes shall have adequate customs over them and shall be handed at the
bottom with concrete 1:3:6 up to a depth of half the diameter of the pipe. When it cross under a
road, the pipe shall be fully covered in concrete 1:3:6 as shown on drawings. All pipes and
166
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
fittings shall be fully examined with a light hammer for soundness before laying. After each
section of he pipeline has been laid, the joints shall be allowed to set properly and shall be
inspected, tested and approved before refilling the trench. After testing, the trench shall be
refilling with finest selected material in layers of 200mm and shall be watered and thoroughly
rammed. All pipes, water main, cables etc. met within the course of excavation shall be carefully
protected and supported.
When the piplelines cross railway tracks, roads etc,.the trenches shall have vertical sides with
suitable shorting. Any subsidence in the line of trenches after refilling shall be repaired at the
Contractors expenses.
33.5.4 Rainwater Pipes : Rainwater pipes inside the building shall be heavy cast iron type as specified
above. They shall be kept away from the finished walls by means of bobbins. The rainwater pipe
shall be connected to the main sewer or to the surface drains as shown on the drawings.
33.6 Manholes, Gully Trap Chambers, Inspection Chamber.
Those shall be as indicated on the drawings.
33.7 Testing
On completion of the work the Contractor shall conduct at his own cost such tests as the Engineer
will direct. The water supply system shall be tested according to the provisions of IS. The
drainage system shall be tested in accordance with the provisions of IS : 1742. All defects and
deficiencies detected during testing shall be promptly rectified by the Contractor.
167
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
SHEDULE-B
168
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
Navi Mumbai Muncipal Corporation
Name of Work:- (39469)Providing & Fixing PNG Gas crematorium System at Sarsole Smashanbhumi at Nerul Ward
Tender Notice No. /2016-2017
SCHEDULE 'B'
Sr.
No.
Description of Items Specification Estimated
Qty
Estimated
Rate in
(Rs.)
Unit Amount in (Rs.)
1 Supply and Errn. of CNG Gas Crematorium main unit with
primary chamber and Secondary chamber, having fully
automatic gas burners for each chamber and complete refractory
work, furnace door with automatic lifting, outer decoration with
SS 304 cladding, air blower for combustion air & air pre-heater,
air ejector/ I.D. fan, furnace with separate doors for body
feeding, ash collection, maintenance and providing CNG gas
connection facilities with safety controls, metering and all other
valves, etc., gas piping and power supply with all
accessories.(DSR Rate: 7227750.00) (Corporation Area: 0.00)
As directed
by Engineer
in charge
1.00 7227750.00 Numbers 7227750.00
2 Supply and Errn. of Double direction corpse carrier having fixed
frame without visible wires or track; Double direction stainless
steel (SS304) caterpillar type with required motor drives, control
switches, wiring, etc. for enabling automatic body movement
with SS 304 strip type belt conveying. The facility shall provide
body placement automatically into the main chamber and slide
back to original position with timer controls Both auto and
manual control shall be available for emergencies.(DSR Rate:
As directed
by Engineer
in charge
1.00 991300.00 Numbers 991300.00
169
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
991300.00) (Corporation Area: 0.00)
3 Supply and Errn. of Reserve Door with LED signal screen
indicating work status, Both auto and manual control should be
available.(DSR Rate: 437000.00) (Corporation Area: 0.00)
As directed
by Engineer
in charge
1.00 437000.00 Numbers 437000.00
4 Supply and Errn. Of SS 304 Venturi type wet scrubber with
rubber lined water re-circulation tank, pump, SS piping, valves,
nozzles, droplet separator and other accessories.(DSR Rate:
1006250.00) (Corporation Area: 0.00)
As directed
by Engineer
in charge
1.00 1006250.00 Numbers 1006250.00
5 Supply and Errn. Of SS 304 Ducting 250 mm dia 3mm thk with
flanges, bends, etc. as per site requirement and design with MS
support structure. (per running meter basis)(DSR Rate:
12000.00) (Corporation Area: 0.00)
As directed
by Engineer
in charge
25.00 12000.00 Meters 300000.00
6 Fabrication, supplying & erection of M.S. chimney with conical
bottom comprising of double brest base plates as per
specification and drawing etc internally painting with two coats
of heat resistant paint. All material used as per IS code,
specification loading and unloading erection etc complete.(DSR
Rate: 1437500.00) (Corporation Area: 0.00)
As directed
by Engineer
in charge
1.00 1437500.00 Numbers 1437500.00
7 Providing RCC foundation for the chimney as per approved
design for self standing criteria of the structure.(DSR Rate:
322000.00) (Corporation Area: 0.00)
As directed
by Engineer
in charge
1.00 322000.00 L.S 322000.00
8 Supply and Errn. Emmission quality monitoring systems for
parameters CO, SO2. NO2, SPM, etc., with tamper proof
mechanism.(DSR Rate: 503125.00) (Corporation Area: 0.00)
As directed
by Engineer
in charge
1.00 503125.00 Numbers 503125.00
9 Supply and Errn. Of control panel with PLC automation and
additional operator panel with computerized display and auto-
manual controls with related instruments for temperature
As directed
by Engineer
in charge
1.00 609500.00 Numbers 609500.00
170
Contractor No of corrections City Engineer
monitoring and other controls with timers, relays, limit
switches, control wiring, Touch Screen panel operation etc.(DSR
Rate: 609500.00) (Corporation Area: 0.00)
10 Providing foundation equipment & modification existing
building structure to suit erection convenience.(DSR Rate:
400000.00) (Corporation Area: 0.00)
As directed
by Engineer
in charge
1.00 400000.00 L.S 400000.00
11 Providing & fixing RCC heavy duty gutter etc complete.(DSR
Rate: 100000.00) (Corporation Area: 0.00)
As directed
by Engineer
in charge
1.00 100000.00 L.S 100000.00
Total Rs. 13334425.00
Say Rs. 1,33,34,425.00
Total:-
Contractors Quoted Percentage (+ / -) -
(In Word : _________________________________________________ )
Quoted Amount Rs. -
(In Word : _________________________________________________ )
188
Top Related